Adding upstream version 1:9.18.19.upstream/1%9.18.19upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

70 files changed, 10728 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/doc/man/Makefile.am b/doc/man/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d814b02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.top
+include $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.docs
+
+MANPAGES_RST =				\
+	arpaname.rst			\
+	delv.rst			\
+	dig.rst				\
+	ddns-confgen.rst		\
+	dnssec-cds.rst			\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.rst		\
+	dnssec-importkey.rst		\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst		\
+	dnssec-keygen.rst		\
+	dnssec-revoke.rst		\
+	dnssec-settime.rst		\
+	dnssec-signzone.rst		\
+	dnssec-verify.rst		\
+	dnstap-read.rst			\
+	filter-aaaa.rst			\
+	filter-a.rst			\
+	host.rst			\
+	index.rst			\
+	mdig.rst			\
+	named-checkconf.rst		\
+	named-checkzone.rst		\
+	named-compilezone.rst		\
+	named-journalprint.rst		\
+	named-nzd2nzf.rst		\
+	named-rrchecker.rst		\
+	named.conf.rst			\
+	named.rst			\
+	nsec3hash.rst			\
+	nslookup.rst			\
+	nsupdate.rst			\
+	rndc-confgen.rst		\
+	rndc.conf.rst			\
+	rndc.rst			\
+	tsig-keygen.rst			\
+	../../bin/check/named-checkconf.rst \
+	../../bin/check/named-checkzone.rst \
+	../../bin/check/named-compilezone.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/ddns-confgen.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/rndc-confgen.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/tsig-keygen.rst \
+	../../bin/delv/delv.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/dig.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/host.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/nslookup.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-cds.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-importkey.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keygen.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-revoke.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-settime.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-signzone.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-verify.rst \
+	../../bin/named/named.conf.rst \
+	../../bin/named/named.rst \
+	../../bin/nsupdate/nsupdate.rst \
+	../../bin/plugins/filter-aaaa.rst \
+	../../bin/plugins/filter-a.rst \
+	../../bin/rndc/rndc.conf.rst \
+	../../bin/rndc/rndc.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/arpaname.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/dnstap-read.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/mdig.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-journalprint.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-nzd2nzf.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-rrchecker.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/nsec3hash.rst
+
+man_MANS =				\
+	arpaname.1			\
+	ddns-confgen.8			\
+	delv.1				\
+	dig.1				\
+	host.1				\
+	mdig.1				\
+	named-rrchecker.1		\
+	nslookup.1			\
+	nsupdate.1			\
+	named.conf.5			\
+	rndc.conf.5			\
+	dnssec-cds.1			\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.1		\
+	dnssec-importkey.1		\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.1		\
+	dnssec-keygen.1			\
+	dnssec-revoke.1			\
+	dnssec-settime.1		\
+	dnssec-signzone.1		\
+	dnssec-verify.1			\
+	filter-aaaa.8			\
+	filter-a.8			\
+	named-checkconf.1		\
+	named-checkzone.1		\
+	named-compilezone.1		\
+	named-journalprint.1		\
+	named.8				\
+	nsec3hash.1			\
+	rndc-confgen.8			\
+	rndc.8				\
+	tsig-keygen.8
+
+if HAVE_DNSTAP
+man_MANS +=				\
+	dnstap-read.1
+endif HAVE_DNSTAP
+
+if HAVE_LMDB
+man_MANS +=				\
+	named-nzd2nzf.1
+endif HAVE_LMDB
+
+MANPAGES_IN =				\
+	$(man_MANS:=in)			\
+	dnstap-read.1in			\
+	named-nzd2nzf.1in
+
+EXTRA_DIST =				\
+	conf.py				\
+	$(MANPAGES_RST)			\
+	$(MANPAGES_IN)
+
+CLEANFILES =				\
+	$(man_MANS)
+
+#
+# Build rules for pre-generated manpages
+#
+
+man_SUBST =							\
+	$(AM_V_SED)$(SED)					\
+	  -e 's,[@]PACKAGE_VERSION@,$(PACKAGE_VERSION),'	\
+	  -e 's,[@]RELEASE_DATE@,$(RELEASE_DATE),'		\
+	  -e 's,[@]libdir[@],$(libdir),g'			\
+	  -e 's,[@]runstatedir[@],$(runstatedir),g'		\
+	  -e 's,[@]sysconfdir[@],$(sysconfdir),g'		\
+	  $(srcdir)/$@in >$@
+
+.1in.1:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.5in.5:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.8in.8:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.NOTPARALLEL: man
+man: Makefile $(man_MANS)
+
+doc-local: man
+
+clean-local::
+	-rm -rf $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)
+
+
+CLEANFILES +=				\
+	manpages.stamp
+
+if MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =			\
+	$(MANPAGES_IN)
+
+endif MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+#
+# Build rules for generating pre-generated manpages
+#
+
+if HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD
+#
+# See https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/html_node/Multiple-Outputs.html
+#
+manpages.stamp: $(MANPAGES_RST)
+	@rm -f manpages.tmp
+	@touch manpages.tmp
+	echo "${man_RST_EPILOG}"
+	$(AM_V_SPHINX)$(SPHINX_BUILD) -b man -d $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/.doctrees/man $(man_SPHINXOPTS) $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/man
+	for f in $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/man/*; do \
+	  cp -a "$$f" "$(srcdir)/$$(basename $$f)in"; \
+	done
+	@mv -f manpages.tmp $@
+
+$(MANPAGES_IN): manpages.stamp
+## Recover from the removal of $@
+        @dry=; for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+          case $$f in \
+            *=*|--*);; \
+            *n*) dry=:;; \
+          esac; \
+        done; \
+        if test -f $@; then :; else \
+          $$dry trap 'rm -rf manpages.lock manpages.stamp' 1 2 13 15; \
+          if $$dry mkdir manpages.lock 2>/dev/null; then \
+## This code is being executed by the first process.
+            $$dry rm -f manpages.stamp; \
+            $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) manpages.stamp; \
+            $$dry rmdir manpages.lock; \
+          else \
+## This code is being executed by the follower processes.
+## Wait until the first process is done.
+            while test -d manpages.lock && test -z "$$dry"; do \
+              sleep 1; \
+            done; \
+## Succeed if and only if the first process succeeded.
+            $$dry test -f manpages.stamp; exit $$?; \
+          fi; \
+        fi
+
+endif HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD
diff --git a/doc/man/Makefile.in b/doc/man/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a853924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# Hey Emacs, this is -*- makefile-automake -*- file!
+# vim: filetype=automake
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = { \
+  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
+    false; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
+    true; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
+    true; \
+  else \
+    false; \
+  fi; \
+}
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+  case $${target_option-} in \
+      ?) ;; \
+      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+         exit 1;; \
+  esac; \
+  has_opt=no; \
+  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+  else \
+    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+      *\\[\ \	]*) \
+        bs=\\; \
+        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
+    esac; \
+  fi; \
+  skip_next=no; \
+  strip_trailopt () \
+  { \
+    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+  }; \
+  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *=*|--*) continue;; \
+        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+    esac; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+    esac; \
+  done; \
+  test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+@HOST_MACOS_TRUE@am__append_1 = \
+@HOST_MACOS_TRUE@	-Wl,-flat_namespace
+
+@HAVE_DNSTAP_TRUE@am__append_2 = \
+@HAVE_DNSTAP_TRUE@	dnstap-read.1
+
+@HAVE_LMDB_TRUE@am__append_3 = \
+@HAVE_LMDB_TRUE@	named-nzd2nzf.1
+
+subdir = doc/man
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_check_compile_flag.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_check_link_flag.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_check_openssl.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_gcc_func_attribute.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_jemalloc.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_lib_lmdb.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_perl_module.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_posix_shell.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_prog_cc_for_build.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_pthread.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_python_module.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_restore_flags.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_save_flags.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_tls.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 = 
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 = 
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+    n|no|NO) false;; \
+    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+  esac
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+  test -z "$$files" \
+    || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+    || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+         $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+  }
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+am__extra_recursive_targets = test-recursive unit-recursive \
+	doc-recursive
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.docs \
+	$(top_srcdir)/Makefile.top
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_EXEEXT = @BUILD_EXEEXT@
+BUILD_OBJEXT = @BUILD_OBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
+CMOCKA_CFLAGS = @CMOCKA_CFLAGS@
+CMOCKA_LIBS = @CMOCKA_LIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
+CPP_FOR_BUILD = @CPP_FOR_BUILD@
+CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
+CTAGS = @CTAGS@
+CURL = @CURL@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DEVELOPER_MODE = @DEVELOPER_MODE@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DNSTAP_CFLAGS = @DNSTAP_CFLAGS@
+DNSTAP_LIBS = @DNSTAP_LIBS@
+DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+ETAGS = @ETAGS@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+FILECMD = @FILECMD@
+FSTRM_CAPTURE = @FSTRM_CAPTURE@
+FUZZ_LDFLAGS = @FUZZ_LDFLAGS@
+FUZZ_LOG_COMPILER = @FUZZ_LOG_COMPILER@
+GREP = @GREP@
+GSSAPI_CFLAGS = @GSSAPI_CFLAGS@
+GSSAPI_LIBS = @GSSAPI_LIBS@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+JEMALLOC_CFLAGS = @JEMALLOC_CFLAGS@
+JEMALLOC_LIBS = @JEMALLOC_LIBS@
+JSON_C_CFLAGS = @JSON_C_CFLAGS@
+JSON_C_LIBS = @JSON_C_LIBS@
+KRB5_CFLAGS = @KRB5_CFLAGS@
+KRB5_CONFIG = @KRB5_CONFIG@
+KRB5_LIBS = @KRB5_LIBS@
+LATEXMK = @LATEXMK@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
+LIBCAP_LIBS = @LIBCAP_LIBS@
+LIBIDN2_CFLAGS = @LIBIDN2_CFLAGS@
+LIBIDN2_LIBS = @LIBIDN2_LIBS@
+LIBNGHTTP2_CFLAGS = @LIBNGHTTP2_CFLAGS@
+LIBNGHTTP2_LIBS = @LIBNGHTTP2_LIBS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIBUV_CFLAGS = @LIBUV_CFLAGS@
+LIBUV_LIBS = @LIBUV_LIBS@
+LIBXML2_CFLAGS = @LIBXML2_CFLAGS@
+LIBXML2_LIBS = @LIBXML2_LIBS@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LMDB_CFLAGS = @LMDB_CFLAGS@
+LMDB_LIBS = @LMDB_LIBS@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MAXMINDDB_CFLAGS = @MAXMINDDB_CFLAGS@
+MAXMINDDB_LIBS = @MAXMINDDB_LIBS@
+MAXMINDDB_PREFIX = @MAXMINDDB_PREFIX@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+NC = @NC@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OPENSSL_CFLAGS = @OPENSSL_CFLAGS@
+OPENSSL_LDFLAGS = @OPENSSL_LDFLAGS@
+OPENSSL_LIBS = @OPENSSL_LIBS@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+PROTOC_C = @PROTOC_C@
+PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@
+PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@
+PTHREAD_CXX = @PTHREAD_CXX@
+PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@
+PYTEST = @PYTEST@
+PYTHON = @PYTHON@
+PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX = @PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX@
+PYTHON_PLATFORM = @PYTHON_PLATFORM@
+PYTHON_PREFIX = @PYTHON_PREFIX@
+PYTHON_VERSION = @PYTHON_VERSION@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+READLINE_CFLAGS = @READLINE_CFLAGS@
+READLINE_LIBS = @READLINE_LIBS@
+RELEASE_DATE = @RELEASE_DATE@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+SPHINX_BUILD = @SPHINX_BUILD@
+STD_CFLAGS = @STD_CFLAGS@
+STD_CPPFLAGS = @STD_CPPFLAGS@
+STD_LDFLAGS = @STD_LDFLAGS@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+TEST_CFLAGS = @TEST_CFLAGS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XELATEX = @XELATEX@
+XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+ZLIB_CFLAGS = @ZLIB_CFLAGS@
+ZLIB_LIBS = @ZLIB_LIBS@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_CC_FOR_BUILD = @ac_ct_CC_FOR_BUILD@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+ax_pthread_config = @ax_pthread_config@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+pkgpyexecdir = @pkgpyexecdir@
+pkgpythondir = @pkgpythondir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+pyexecdir = @pyexecdir@
+pythondir = @pythondir@
+runstatedir = @runstatedir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(top_srcdir)/m4
+AM_CFLAGS = \
+	$(STD_CFLAGS)
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = \
+	$(STD_CPPFLAGS)				\
+	-include $(top_builddir)/config.h	\
+	-I$(srcdir)/include
+
+AM_LDFLAGS = $(STD_LDFLAGS) $(am__append_1)
+LDADD = 
+LIBISC_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/include				\
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/isc/include			\
+	-I$(top_builddir)/lib/isc/include
+
+LIBISC_LIBS = $(top_builddir)/lib/isc/libisc.la
+LIBDNS_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/dns/include			\
+	-I$(top_builddir)/lib/dns/include
+
+LIBDNS_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/dns/libdns.la
+
+LIBNS_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/ns/include
+
+LIBNS_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/ns/libns.la
+
+LIBIRS_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/irs/include
+
+LIBIRS_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/irs/libirs.la
+
+LIBISCCFG_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/isccfg/include
+
+LIBISCCFG_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/isccfg/libisccfg.la
+
+LIBISCCC_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/isccc/include/
+
+LIBISCCC_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/isccc/libisccc.la
+
+LIBBIND9_CFLAGS = \
+	-I$(top_srcdir)/lib/bind9/include
+
+LIBBIND9_LIBS = \
+	$(top_builddir)/lib/bind9/libbind9.la
+
+SPHINX_V = $(SPHINX_V_@AM_V@)
+SPHINX_V_ = $(SPHINX_V_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+SPHINX_V_0 = -q
+SPHINX_V_1 = -n
+SPHINX_W = -W
+AM_V_SPHINX = $(AM_V_SPHINX_@AM_V@)
+AM_V_SPHINX_ = $(AM_V_SPHINX_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+AM_V_SPHINX_0 = @echo "  SPHINX   $@";
+SPHINXBUILDDIR = $(builddir)/_build
+LF = \n
+RNDC_CONF = .. |rndc_conf| replace:: ``$(sysconfdir)/rndc.conf``
+RNDC_KEY = .. |rndc_key| replace:: ``$(sysconfdir)/rndc.key``
+NAMED_CONF = .. |named_conf| replace:: ``$(sysconfdir)/named.conf``
+BIND_KEYS = .. |bind_keys| replace:: ``$(sysconfdir)/bind.keys``
+NAMED_PID = .. |named_pid| replace:: ``$(runstatedir)/named.pid``
+SESSION_KEY = .. |session_key| replace:: ``$(runstatedir)/session.key``
+common_SPHINXOPTS = \
+	$(SPHINX_W)			\
+	-c $(srcdir)			\
+	-a				\
+	$(SPHINX_V)
+
+
+# The "today" variable set below is not directly used in the ARM, but its value
+# is implicitly inserted on the title page of the PDF file produced by Sphinx.
+ALLSPHINXOPTS = \
+	$(common_SPHINXOPTS)			\
+	-D today="$(RELEASE_DATE)"		\
+	-D rst_epilog="$$(printf "$${RST_EPILOG}")"	\
+	$(SPHINXOPTS)				\
+	$(srcdir)
+
+_ = @
+man_RNDC_CONF = .. |rndc_conf| replace:: ``$(_)sysconfdir$(_)/rndc.conf``
+man_RNDC_KEY = .. |rndc_key| replace:: ``$(_)sysconfdir$(_)/rndc.key``
+man_NAMED_CONF = .. |named_conf| replace:: ``$(_)sysconfdir$(_)/named.conf``
+man_BIND_KEYS = .. |bind_keys| replace:: ``$(_)sysconfdir$(_)/bind.keys``
+man_NAMED_PID = .. |named_pid| replace:: ``$(_)runstatedir$(_)/named.pid``
+man_SESSION_KEY = .. |session_key| replace:: ``$(_)runstatedir$(_)/session.key``
+man_SPHINXOPTS = \
+	$(common_SPHINXOPTS)			\
+	-D version="@""PACKAGE_VERSION@"	\
+	-D today="@""RELEASE_DATE@"		\
+	-D release="@""PACKAGE_VERSION@"	\
+	-D rst_epilog="$$(printf "$${man_RST_EPILOG}")"	\
+	$(SPHINXOPTS)				\
+	$(srcdir)
+
+AM_V_SED = $(AM_V_SED_@AM_V@)
+AM_V_SED_ = $(AM_V_SED_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+AM_V_SED_0 = @echo "  SED $@";
+AM_V_CFG_TEST = $(AM_V_CFG_TEST_@AM_V@)
+AM_V_CFG_TEST_ = $(AM_V_CFG_TEST_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+AM_V_CFG_TEST_0 = @echo "  CFG_GEN $@";
+MANPAGES_RST = \
+	arpaname.rst			\
+	delv.rst			\
+	dig.rst				\
+	ddns-confgen.rst		\
+	dnssec-cds.rst			\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.rst		\
+	dnssec-importkey.rst		\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst		\
+	dnssec-keygen.rst		\
+	dnssec-revoke.rst		\
+	dnssec-settime.rst		\
+	dnssec-signzone.rst		\
+	dnssec-verify.rst		\
+	dnstap-read.rst			\
+	filter-aaaa.rst			\
+	filter-a.rst			\
+	host.rst			\
+	index.rst			\
+	mdig.rst			\
+	named-checkconf.rst		\
+	named-checkzone.rst		\
+	named-compilezone.rst		\
+	named-journalprint.rst		\
+	named-nzd2nzf.rst		\
+	named-rrchecker.rst		\
+	named.conf.rst			\
+	named.rst			\
+	nsec3hash.rst			\
+	nslookup.rst			\
+	nsupdate.rst			\
+	rndc-confgen.rst		\
+	rndc.conf.rst			\
+	rndc.rst			\
+	tsig-keygen.rst			\
+	../../bin/check/named-checkconf.rst \
+	../../bin/check/named-checkzone.rst \
+	../../bin/check/named-compilezone.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/ddns-confgen.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/rndc-confgen.rst \
+	../../bin/confgen/tsig-keygen.rst \
+	../../bin/delv/delv.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/dig.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/host.rst \
+	../../bin/dig/nslookup.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-cds.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-importkey.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keygen.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-revoke.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-settime.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-signzone.rst \
+	../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-verify.rst \
+	../../bin/named/named.conf.rst \
+	../../bin/named/named.rst \
+	../../bin/nsupdate/nsupdate.rst \
+	../../bin/plugins/filter-aaaa.rst \
+	../../bin/plugins/filter-a.rst \
+	../../bin/rndc/rndc.conf.rst \
+	../../bin/rndc/rndc.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/arpaname.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/dnstap-read.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/mdig.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-journalprint.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-nzd2nzf.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/named-rrchecker.rst \
+	../../bin/tools/nsec3hash.rst
+
+man_MANS = arpaname.1 ddns-confgen.8 delv.1 dig.1 host.1 mdig.1 \
+	named-rrchecker.1 nslookup.1 nsupdate.1 named.conf.5 \
+	rndc.conf.5 dnssec-cds.1 dnssec-dsfromkey.1 dnssec-importkey.1 \
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.1 dnssec-keygen.1 dnssec-revoke.1 \
+	dnssec-settime.1 dnssec-signzone.1 dnssec-verify.1 \
+	filter-aaaa.8 filter-a.8 named-checkconf.1 named-checkzone.1 \
+	named-compilezone.1 named-journalprint.1 named.8 nsec3hash.1 \
+	rndc-confgen.8 rndc.8 tsig-keygen.8 $(am__append_2) \
+	$(am__append_3)
+MANPAGES_IN = \
+	$(man_MANS:=in)			\
+	dnstap-read.1in			\
+	named-nzd2nzf.1in
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	conf.py				\
+	$(MANPAGES_RST)			\
+	$(MANPAGES_IN)
+
+CLEANFILES = $(man_MANS) manpages.stamp
+
+#
+# Build rules for pre-generated manpages
+#
+man_SUBST = \
+	$(AM_V_SED)$(SED)					\
+	  -e 's,[@]PACKAGE_VERSION@,$(PACKAGE_VERSION),'	\
+	  -e 's,[@]RELEASE_DATE@,$(RELEASE_DATE),'		\
+	  -e 's,[@]libdir[@],$(libdir),g'			\
+	  -e 's,[@]runstatedir[@],$(runstatedir),g'		\
+	  -e 's,[@]sysconfdir[@],$(sysconfdir),g'		\
+	  $(srcdir)/$@in >$@
+
+@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \
+@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@	$(MANPAGES_IN)
+
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@@dry = ; for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          case $$f in \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            *=*|--*);; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            *n*) dry=:;; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          esac; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@        done; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@        if test -f $@; then :; else \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          $$dry trap 'rm -rf manpages.lock manpages.stamp' 1 2 13 15; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          if $$dry mkdir manpages.lock 2>/dev/null; then \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            $$dry rm -f manpages.stamp; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) manpages.stamp; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            $$dry rmdir manpages.lock; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          else \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            while test -d manpages.lock && test -z "$$dry"; do \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@              sleep 1; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            done; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@            $$dry test -f manpages.stamp; exit $$?; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@          fi; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@        fi
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .1 .1in .5 .5in .8 .8in
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.top $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.docs $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/man/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/man/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
+	esac;
+$(top_srcdir)/Makefile.top $(top_srcdir)/Makefile.docs $(am__empty):
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+	-rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+	-rm -rf .libs _libs
+install-man1: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list1=''; \
+	list2='$(man_MANS)'; \
+	test -n "$(man1dir)" \
+	  && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
+	  || exit 0; \
+	echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+	$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
+	{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done;  \
+	if test -n "$$list2"; then \
+	  for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
+	    | sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	fi; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man1:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+install-man5: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list1=''; \
+	list2='$(man_MANS)'; \
+	test -n "$(man5dir)" \
+	  && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
+	  || exit 0; \
+	echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)'"; \
+	$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" || exit 1; \
+	{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done;  \
+	if test -n "$$list2"; then \
+	  for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
+	    | sed -n '/\.5[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	fi; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^5][0-9a-z]*$$,5,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man5:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man5dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/\.5[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^5][0-9a-z]*$$,5,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+install-man8: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list1=''; \
+	list2='$(man_MANS)'; \
+	test -n "$(man8dir)" \
+	  && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
+	  || exit 0; \
+	echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'"; \
+	$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" || exit 1; \
+	{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done;  \
+	if test -n "$$list2"; then \
+	  for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
+	    | sed -n '/\.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	fi; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man8:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man8dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/\.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \
+	      -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+test-local: 
+unit-local: 
+doc-local: 
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
+
+cscope cscopelist:
+
+distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
+
+distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	      install; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+	fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+doc: doc-am
+
+doc-am: doc-local
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-man
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man: install-man1 install-man5 install-man8
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+test: test-am
+
+test-am: test-local
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
+
+unit: unit-am
+
+unit-am: unit-local
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+	clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+	distclean-libtool distdir doc-am doc-local dvi dvi-am html \
+	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-man install-man1 install-man5 \
+	install-man8 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \
+	ps ps-am tags-am test-am test-local uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-man uninstall-man1 uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8 \
+	unit-am unit-local
+
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+
+
+export RST_EPILOG = $(RNDC_CONF)$(LF)$(RNDC_KEY)$(LF)$(NAMED_CONF)$(LF)$(BIND_KEYS)$(LF)$(NAMED_PID)$(LF)$(SESSION_KEY)
+
+export man_RST_EPILOG = $(man_RNDC_CONF)$(LF)$(man_RNDC_KEY)$(LF)$(man_NAMED_CONF)$(LF)$(man_BIND_KEYS)$(LF)$(man_NAMED_PID)$(LF)$(man_SESSION_KEY)
+
+.1in.1:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.5in.5:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.8in.8:
+	$(man_SUBST)
+
+.NOTPARALLEL: man
+man: Makefile $(man_MANS)
+
+doc-local: man
+
+clean-local::
+	-rm -rf $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)
+
+#
+# Build rules for generating pre-generated manpages
+#
+
+#
+# See https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/html_node/Multiple-Outputs.html
+#
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@manpages.stamp: $(MANPAGES_RST)
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	@rm -f manpages.tmp
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	@touch manpages.tmp
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	echo "${man_RST_EPILOG}"
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	$(AM_V_SPHINX)$(SPHINX_BUILD) -b man -d $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/.doctrees/man $(man_SPHINXOPTS) $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/man
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	for f in $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)/man/*; do \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	  cp -a "$$f" "$(srcdir)/$$(basename $$f)in"; \
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	done
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@	@mv -f manpages.tmp $@
+
+@HAVE_SPHINX_BUILD_TRUE@$(MANPAGES_IN): manpages.stamp
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/doc/man/arpaname.1in b/doc/man/arpaname.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9b6515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/arpaname.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "ARPANAME" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+arpaname \- translate IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBarpaname\fP {\fIipaddress\fP ...}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBarpaname\fP translates IP addresses (IPv4 and IPv6) to the
+corresponding IN\-ADDR.ARPA or IP6.ARPA names.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/arpaname.rst b/doc/man/arpaname.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52d69b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/arpaname.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/arpaname.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/conf.py b/doc/man/conf.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f4ba58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/conf.py
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+############################################################################
+# Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+#
+# See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+# information regarding copyright ownership.
+############################################################################
+
+#
+# Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder.
+#
+# This file only contains a selection of the most common options. For a full
+# list see the documentation:
+# http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/config
+
+# -- Path setup --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#
+# import os
+# import sys
+# sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.'))
+
+# -- Project information -----------------------------------------------------
+
+project = "BIND 9"
+# pylint: disable=wrong-import-position
+import datetime
+
+year = datetime.datetime.now().year
+# pylint: disable=redefined-builtin
+copyright = "%d, Internet Systems Consortium" % year
+author = "Internet Systems Consortium"
+
+# -- General configuration ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# Build man pages directly in _build/man/, not in _build/man/<section>/.
+# This is what the shell code in Makefile.am expects.
+man_make_section_directory = False
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be
+# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom
+# ones.
+extensions = []
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ["../arm/_templates"]
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+# This pattern also affects html_static_path and html_extra_path.
+exclude_patterns = [
+    "_build",
+    "Thumbs.db",
+    ".DS_Store",
+]
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = "index"
+
+# pylint: disable=line-too-long
+man_pages = [
+    (
+        "arpaname",
+        "arpaname",
+        "translate IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("ddns-confgen", "ddns-confgen", "ddns key generation tool", author, 8),
+    ("delv", "delv", "DNS lookup and validation utility", author, 1),
+    ("dig", "dig", "DNS lookup utility", author, 1),
+    (
+        "dnssec-cds",
+        "dnssec-cds",
+        "change DS records for a child zone based on CDS/CDNSKEY",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-dsfromkey", "dnssec-dsfromkey", "DNSSEC DS RR generation tool", author, 1),
+    (
+        "dnssec-importkey",
+        "dnssec-importkey",
+        "import DNSKEY records from external systems so they can be managed",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-keyfromlabel",
+        "dnssec-keyfromlabel",
+        "DNSSEC key generation tool",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-keygen", "dnssec-keygen", "DNSSEC key generation tool", author, 1),
+    (
+        "dnssec-revoke",
+        "dnssec-revoke",
+        "set the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-settime",
+        "dnssec-settime",
+        "set the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-signzone", "dnssec-signzone", "DNSSEC zone signing tool", author, 1),
+    ("dnssec-verify", "dnssec-verify", "DNSSEC zone verification tool", author, 1),
+    (
+        "dnstap-read",
+        "dnstap-read",
+        "print dnstap data in human-readable form",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "filter-aaaa",
+        "filter-aaaa",
+        "filter AAAA in DNS responses when A is present",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "filter-a",
+        "filter-a",
+        "filter A in DNS responses when AAAA is present",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    ("host", "host", "DNS lookup utility", author, 1),
+    ("mdig", "mdig", "DNS pipelined lookup utility", author, 1),
+    (
+        "named-checkconf",
+        "named-checkconf",
+        "named configuration file syntax checking tool",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-checkzone",
+        "named-checkzone",
+        "zone file validity checking or converting tool",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-compilezone",
+        "named-compilezone",
+        "zone file validity checking or converting tool",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-journalprint",
+        "named-journalprint",
+        "print zone journal in human-readable form",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-nzd2nzf",
+        "named-nzd2nzf",
+        "convert an NZD database to NZF text format",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-rrchecker",
+        "named-rrchecker",
+        "syntax checker for individual DNS resource records",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("named.conf", "named.conf", "configuration file for **named**", author, 5),
+    ("named", "named", "Internet domain name server", author, 8),
+    ("nsec3hash", "nsec3hash", "generate NSEC3 hash", author, 1),
+    ("nslookup", "nslookup", "query Internet name servers interactively", author, 1),
+    ("nsupdate", "nsupdate", "dynamic DNS update utility", author, 1),
+    ("rndc-confgen", "rndc-confgen", "rndc key generation tool", author, 8),
+    ("rndc.conf", "rndc.conf", "rndc configuration file", author, 5),
+    ("rndc", "rndc", "name server control utility", author, 8),
+    ("tsig-keygen", "tsig-keygen", "TSIG key generation tool", author, 8),
+]
+
+#
+# The rst_epilog will be completely overwritten from the Makefile,
+# the definition here is provided purely for situations when
+# sphinx-build is run by hand.
+#
+rst_epilog = """
+.. |rndc_conf| replace:: ``@sysconfdir@/rndc.conf``
+.. |rndc_key| replace:: ``@sysconfdir@/rndc.key``
+.. |named_conf| replace:: ``@sysconfdir@/named.conf``
+.. |bind_keys| replace:: ``@sysconfdir@/bind.keys``
+.. |named_pid| replace:: ``@runstatedir@/named.pid``
+.. |session_key| replace:: ``@runstatedir@/session.key``
+"""
+
+
+def setup(app):
+    app.add_crossref_type("iscman", "iscman", "pair: %s; manual page")
diff --git a/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2a963d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DDNS-CONFGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+ddns-confgen \- ddns key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBddns\-confgen\fP [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-k\fP keyname] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-s\fP name] [\fB\-z\fP zone]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBddns\-confgen\fP is an utility that generates keys for use in TSIG signing.
+The resulting keys can be used, for example, to secure dynamic DNS updates
+to a zone, or for the \fI\%rndc\fP command channel.
+.sp
+The key name can specified using \fI\%\-k\fP parameter and defaults to \fBddns\-key\fP\&.
+The generated key is accompanied by configuration text and instructions that
+can be used with \fI\%nsupdate\fP and \fI\%named\fP when setting up dynamic DNS,
+including an example \fBupdate\-policy\fP statement.
+(This usage is similar to the \fI\%rndc\-confgen\fP command for setting up
+command\-channel security.)
+.sp
+Note that \fI\%named\fP itself can configure a local DDNS key for use with
+\fI\%nsupdate \-l\fP; it does this when a zone is configured with
+\fBupdate\-policy local;\fP\&. \fBddns\-confgen\fP is only needed when a more
+elaborate configuration is required: for instance, if \fI\%nsupdate\fP is to
+be used from a remote system.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available
+choices are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384,
+and hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256. Options are
+case\-insensitive, and the \(dqhmac\-\(dq prefix may be omitted.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of options and arguments.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k keyname
+This option specifies the key name of the DDNS authentication key. The
+default is \fBddns\-key\fP when neither the \fI\%\-s\fP nor \fI\%\-z\fP option is
+specified; otherwise, the default is \fBddns\-key\fP as a separate label
+followed by the argument of the option, e.g., \fBddns\-key.example.com.\fP
+The key name must have the format of a valid domain name, consisting of
+letters, digits, hyphens, and periods.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option enables quiet mode, which prints only the key, with no
+explanatory text or usage examples. This is essentially identical to
+\fI\%tsig\-keygen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s name
+This option generates a configuration example to allow dynamic updates
+of a single hostname. The example \fI\%named.conf\fP text shows how to set
+an update policy for the specified name using the \(dqname\(dq nametype. The
+default key name is \fBddns\-key.name\fP\&. Note that the \(dqself\(dq nametype
+cannot be used, since the name to be updated may differ from the key
+name. This option cannot be used with the \fI\%\-z\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-z zone
+This option generates a configuration example to allow
+dynamic updates of a zone. The example \fI\%named.conf\fP text shows how
+to set an update policy for the specified zone using the \(dqzonesub\(dq
+nametype, allowing updates to all subdomain names within that zone.
+This option cannot be used with the \fI\%\-s\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%nsupdate(1)\fP, \fI\%named.conf(5)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..891102f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/ddns-confgen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/delv.1in b/doc/man/delv.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d626c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/delv.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DELV" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+delv \- DNS lookup and validation utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [@server] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-a\fP anchor\-file] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-d\fP level] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-q\fP name] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [name] [type] [class] [queryopt...]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [\fB\-h\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [\fB\-v\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [queryopt...] [query...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP is a tool for sending DNS queries and validating the results,
+using the same internal resolver and validator logic as \fI\%named\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP sends to a specified name server all queries needed to
+fetch and validate the requested data; this includes the original
+requested query, subsequent queries to follow CNAME or DNAME chains,
+queries for DNSKEY, and DS records to establish a chain of trust for
+DNSSEC validation. It does not perform iterative resolution, but
+simulates the behavior of a name server configured for DNSSEC validating
+and forwarding.
+.sp
+By default, responses are validated using the built\-in DNSSEC trust anchor
+for the root zone (\(dq.\(dq). Records returned by \fBdelv\fP are either fully
+validated or were not signed. If validation fails, an explanation of the
+failure is included in the output; the validation process can be traced
+in detail. Because \fBdelv\fP does not rely on an external server to carry
+out validation, it can be used to check the validity of DNS responses in
+environments where local name servers may not be trustworthy.
+.sp
+Unless it is told to query a specific name server, \fBdelv\fP tries
+each of the servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&. If no usable server
+addresses are found, \fBdelv\fP sends queries to the localhost
+addresses (127.0.0.1 for IPv4, ::1 for IPv6).
+.sp
+When no command\-line arguments or options are given, \fBdelv\fP
+performs an NS query for \(dq.\(dq (the root zone).
+.SH SIMPLE USAGE
+.sp
+A typical invocation of \fBdelv\fP looks like:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+delv @server name type
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+where:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B server
+is the name or IP address of the name server to query. This can be an
+IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in
+colon\-delimited notation. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a
+hostname, \fBdelv\fP resolves that name before querying that name
+server (note, however, that this initial lookup is \fInot\fP validated by
+DNSSEC).
+.sp
+If no \fBserver\fP argument is provided, \fBdelv\fP consults
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP; if an address is found there, it queries the
+name server at that address. If either of the \fI\%\-4\fP or \fI\%\-6\fP
+options is in use, then only addresses for the corresponding
+transport are tried. If no usable addresses are found, \fBdelv\fP
+sends queries to the localhost addresses (127.0.0.1 for IPv4, ::1
+for IPv6).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B name
+is the domain name to be looked up.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B type
+indicates what type of query is required \- ANY, A, MX, etc.
+\fBtype\fP can be any valid query type. If no \fBtype\fP argument is
+supplied, \fBdelv\fP performs a lookup for an A record.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a anchor\-file
+This option specifies a file from which to read DNSSEC trust anchors. The default
+is \fB@sysconfdir@/bind.keys\fP, which is included with BIND 9 and contains one
+or more trust anchors for the root zone (\(dq.\(dq).
+.sp
+Keys that do not match the root zone name are ignored. An alternate
+key name can be specified using the \fI\%+root\fP option.
+.sp
+Note: When reading the trust anchor file, \fBdelv\fP treats \fBtrust\-anchors\fP,
+\fBinitial\-key\fP, and \fBstatic\-key\fP identically. That is, for a managed key,
+it is the \fIinitial\fP key that is trusted; \fI\%RFC 5011\fP key management is not
+supported. \fBdelv\fP does not consult the managed\-keys database maintained by
+\fI\%named\fP, which means that if either of the keys in \fB@sysconfdir@/bind.keys\fP is
+revoked and rolled over, \fB@sysconfdir@/bind.keys\fP must be updated to
+use DNSSEC validation in \fBdelv\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b address
+This option sets the source IP address of the query to \fBaddress\fP\&. This must be
+a valid address on one of the host\(aqs network interfaces, or \fB0.0.0.0\fP,
+or \fB::\fP\&. An optional source port may be specified by appending
+\fB#<port>\fP
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option sets the query class for the requested data. Currently, only class
+\(dqIN\(dq is supported in \fBdelv\fP and any other value is ignored.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d level
+This option sets the systemwide debug level to \fBlevel\fP\&. The allowed range is
+from 0 to 99. The default is 0 (no debugging). Debugging traces from
+\fBdelv\fP become more verbose as the debug level increases. See the
+\fI\%+mtrace\fP, \fI\%+rtrace\fP, and \fI\%+vtrace\fP options below for
+additional debugging details.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option displays the \fBdelv\fP help usage output and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i
+This option sets insecure mode, which disables internal DNSSEC validation. (Note,
+however, that this does not set the CD bit on upstream queries. If the
+server being queried is performing DNSSEC validation, then it does
+not return invalid data; this can cause \fBdelv\fP to time out. When it
+is necessary to examine invalid data to debug a DNSSEC problem, use
+\fI\%dig +cd\fP\&.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port#
+This option specifies a destination port to use for queries, instead of the
+standard DNS port number 53. This option is used with a name
+server that has been configured to listen for queries on a
+non\-standard port number.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q name
+This option sets the query name to \fBname\fP\&. While the query name can be
+specified without using the \fI\%\-q\fP option, it is sometimes necessary to
+disambiguate names from types or classes (for example, when looking
+up the name \(dqns\(dq, which could be misinterpreted as the type NS, or
+\(dqch\(dq, which could be misinterpreted as class CH).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option sets the query type to \fBtype\fP, which can be any valid query type
+supported in BIND 9 except for zone transfer types AXFR and IXFR. As
+with \fI\%\-q\fP, this is useful to distinguish query\-name types or classes
+when they are ambiguous. It is sometimes necessary to disambiguate
+names from types.
+.sp
+The default query type is \(dqA\(dq, unless the \fI\%\-x\fP option is supplied
+to indicate a reverse lookup, in which case it is \(dqPTR\(dq.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option prints the \fBdelv\fP version and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x addr
+This option performs a reverse lookup, mapping an address to a name. \fBaddr\fP
+is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation, or a colon\-delimited
+IPv6 address. When \fI\%\-x\fP is used, there is no need to provide the
+\fBname\fP or \fBtype\fP arguments; \fBdelv\fP automatically performs a
+lookup for a name like \fB11.12.13.10.in\-addr.arpa\fP and sets the
+query type to PTR. IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format
+under the IP6.ARPA domain.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option forces \fBdelv\fP to only use IPv4.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option forces \fBdelv\fP to only use IPv6.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH QUERY OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way results
+are displayed, and in some cases the way lookups are performed.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option. These may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&. The query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cdflag, +nocdflag
+This option controls whether to set the CD (checking disabled) bit in queries
+sent by \fBdelv\fP\&. This may be useful when troubleshooting DNSSEC
+problems from behind a validating resolver. A validating resolver
+blocks invalid responses, making it difficult to retrieve them
+for analysis. Setting the CD flag on queries causes the resolver
+to return invalid responses, which \fBdelv\fP can then validate
+internally and report the errors in detail.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +class, +noclass
+This option controls whether to display the CLASS when printing a record. The
+default is to display the CLASS.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ttl, +nottl
+This option controls whether to display the TTL when printing a record. The
+default is to display the TTL.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +rtrace, +nortrace
+This option toggles resolver fetch logging. This reports the name and type of each
+query sent by \fBdelv\fP in the process of carrying out the resolution
+and validation process, including the original query
+and all subsequent queries to follow CNAMEs and to establish a chain
+of trust for DNSSEC validation.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 1 in the \(dqresolver\(dq
+logging category. Setting the systemwide debug level to 1 using the
+\fI\%\-d\fP option produces the same output, but affects other
+logging categories as well.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +mtrace, +nomtrace
+This option toggles message logging. This produces a detailed dump of the
+responses received by \fBdelv\fP in the process of carrying out the
+resolution and validation process.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 10 for the \(dqpackets\(dq
+module of the \(dqresolver\(dq logging category. Setting the systemwide
+debug level to 10 using the \fI\%\-d\fP option produces the same
+output, but affects other logging categories as well.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +vtrace, +novtrace
+This option toggles validation logging. This shows the internal process of the
+validator as it determines whether an answer is validly signed,
+unsigned, or invalid.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 3 for the
+\(dqvalidator\(dq module of the \(dqdnssec\(dq logging category. Setting the
+systemwide debug level to 3 using the \fI\%\-d\fP option produces the
+same output, but affects other logging categories as well.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +short, +noshort
+This option toggles between verbose and terse answers. The default is to print the answer in a
+verbose form.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +comments, +nocomments
+This option toggles the display of comment lines in the output. The default is to
+print comments.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +rrcomments, +norrcomments
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+to print per\-record comments.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +crypto, +nocrypto
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary to debug most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \fB[omitted]\fP or, in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g. \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +trust, +notrust
+This option controls whether to display the trust level when printing a record.
+The default is to display the trust level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +split[=W], +nosplit
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split at all. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +all, +noall
+This option sets or clears the display options \fI\%+comments\fP,
+\fI\%+rrcomments\fP, and \fI\%+trust\fP as a group.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +multiline, +nomultiline
+This option prints long records (such as RRSIG, DNSKEY, and SOA records) in a
+verbose multi\-line format with human\-readable comments. The default
+is to print each record on a single line, to facilitate machine
+parsing of the \fBdelv\fP output.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dnssec, +nodnssec
+This option indicates whether to display RRSIG records in the \fBdelv\fP output.
+The default is to do so. Note that (unlike in \fI\%dig\fP) this does
+\fInot\fP control whether to request DNSSEC records or to
+validate them. DNSSEC records are always requested, and validation
+always occurs unless suppressed by the use of \fI\%\-i\fP or
+\fI\%+noroot\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +root[=ROOT], +noroot
+This option indicates whether to perform conventional DNSSEC validation, and if so,
+specifies the name of a trust anchor. The default is to validate using a
+trust anchor of \(dq.\(dq (the root zone), for which there is a built\-in key. If
+specifying a different trust anchor, then \fI\%\-a\fP must be used to specify a
+file containing the key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tcp, +notcp
+This option controls whether to use TCP when sending queries. The default is to
+use UDP unless a truncated response has been received.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +unknownformat, +nounknownformat
+This option prints all RDATA in unknown RR\-type presentation format (\fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +yaml, +noyaml
+This option prints response data in YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB@sysconfdir@/bind.keys\fP
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dig(1)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 4034\fP, \fI\%RFC 4035\fP, \fI\%RFC 4431\fP, \fI\%RFC 5074\fP, \fI\%RFC 5155\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/delv.rst b/doc/man/delv.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3b548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/delv.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/delv/delv.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dig.1in b/doc/man/dig.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62154ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dig.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DIG" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dig \- DNS lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [@server] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP filename] [\fB\-k\fP filename] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-q\fP name] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [\fB\-y\fP [hmac:]name:key] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [name] [type] [class] [queryopt...]
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [\fB\-h\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [global\-queryopt...] [query...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP is a flexible tool for interrogating DNS name servers. It
+performs DNS lookups and displays the answers that are returned from the
+name server(s) that were queried. Most DNS administrators use \fBdig\fP to
+troubleshoot DNS problems because of its flexibility, ease of use, and
+clarity of output. Other lookup tools tend to have less functionality
+than \fBdig\fP\&.
+.sp
+Although \fBdig\fP is normally used with command\-line arguments, it also
+has a batch mode of operation for reading lookup requests from a file. A
+brief summary of its command\-line arguments and options is printed when
+the \fI\%\-h\fP option is given. The BIND 9
+implementation of \fBdig\fP allows multiple lookups to be issued from the
+command line.
+.sp
+Unless it is told to query a specific name server, \fBdig\fP tries each
+of the servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&. If no usable server
+addresses are found, \fBdig\fP sends the query to the local host.
+.sp
+When no command\-line arguments or options are given, \fBdig\fP
+performs an NS query for \(dq.\(dq (the root).
+.sp
+It is possible to set per\-user defaults for \fBdig\fP via
+\fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP\&. This file is read and any options in it are applied
+before the command\-line arguments. The \fI\%\-r\fP option disables this
+feature, for scripts that need predictable behavior.
+.sp
+The IN and CH class names overlap with the IN and CH top\-level domain
+names. Either use the \fI\%\-t\fP and \fI\%\-c\fP options to specify the type and
+class, use the \fI\%\-q\fP to specify the domain name, or use \(dqIN.\(dq and
+\(dqCH.\(dq when looking up these top\-level domains.
+.SH SIMPLE USAGE
+.sp
+A typical invocation of \fBdig\fP looks like:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig @server name type
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+where:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B server
+is the name or IP address of the name server to query. This can be an
+IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in
+colon\-delimited notation. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a
+hostname, \fBdig\fP resolves that name before querying that name
+server.
+.sp
+If no \fBserver\fP argument is provided, \fBdig\fP consults
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP; if an address is found there, it queries the
+name server at that address. If either of the \fI\%\-4\fP or \fI\%\-6\fP
+options are in use, then only addresses for the corresponding
+transport are tried. If no usable addresses are found, \fBdig\fP
+sends the query to the local host. The reply from the name server
+that responds is displayed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B name
+is the name of the resource record that is to be looked up.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B type
+indicates what type of query is required \- ANY, A, MX, SIG, etc.
+\fBtype\fP can be any valid query type. If no \fBtype\fP argument is
+supplied, \fBdig\fP performs a lookup for an A record.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option indicates that only IPv4 should be used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option indicates that only IPv6 should be used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b address[#port]
+This option sets the source IP address of the query. The \fBaddress\fP must be a
+valid address on one of the host\(aqs network interfaces, or \(dq0.0.0.0\(dq
+or \(dq::\(dq. An optional port may be specified by appending \fB#port\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option sets the query class. The default \fBclass\fP is IN; other classes are
+HS for Hesiod records or CH for Chaosnet records.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f file
+This option sets batch mode, in which \fBdig\fP reads a list of lookup requests to process from
+the given \fBfile\fP\&. Each line in the file should be organized in the
+same way it would be presented as a query to \fBdig\fP using the
+command\-line interface.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+Print a usage summary.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k keyfile
+This option tells \fBdig\fP to sign queries using TSIG or
+SIG(0) using a key read from the given file. Key files can be
+generated using \fI\%tsig\-keygen\fP\&. When using TSIG authentication
+with \fBdig\fP, the name server that is queried needs to
+know the key and algorithm that is being used. In BIND, this is
+done by providing appropriate \fBkey\fP and \fBserver\fP statements
+in \fI\%named.conf\fP for TSIG and by looking up the KEY record
+in zone data for SIG(0).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port
+This option sends the query to a non\-standard port on the server, instead of the
+default port 53. This option is used to test a name server that
+has been configured to listen for queries on a non\-standard port
+number.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q name
+This option specifies the domain name to query. This is useful to distinguish the \fBname\fP
+from other arguments.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r
+This option indicates that options from \fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP should not be read. This is useful for
+scripts that need predictable behavior.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option indicates the resource record type to query, which can be any valid query type. If
+it is a resource record type supported in BIND 9, it can be given by
+the type mnemonic (such as \fBNS\fP or \fBAAAA\fP). The default query type is
+\fBA\fP, unless the \fI\%\-x\fP option is supplied to indicate a reverse
+lookup. A zone transfer can be requested by specifying a type of
+AXFR. When an incremental zone transfer (IXFR) is required, set the
+\fBtype\fP to \fBixfr=N\fP\&. The incremental zone transfer contains
+all changes made to the zone since the serial number in the zone\(aqs
+SOA record was \fBN\fP\&.
+.sp
+All resource record types can be expressed as \fBTYPEnn\fP, where \fBnn\fP is
+the number of the type. If the resource record type is not supported
+in BIND 9, the result is displayed as described in \fI\%RFC 3597\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u
+This option indicates that print query times should be provided in microseconds instead of milliseconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x addr
+This option sets simplified reverse lookups, for mapping addresses to names. The
+\fBaddr\fP is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation, or a
+colon\-delimited IPv6 address. When the \fI\%\-x\fP option is used, there is no
+need to provide the \fBname\fP, \fBclass\fP, and \fBtype\fP arguments.
+\fBdig\fP automatically performs a lookup for a name like
+\fB94.2.0.192.in\-addr.arpa\fP and sets the query type and class to PTR
+and IN respectively. IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format
+under the IP6.ARPA domain.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-y [hmac:]keyname:secret
+This option signs queries using TSIG with the given authentication key.
+\fBkeyname\fP is the name of the key, and \fBsecret\fP is the
+base64\-encoded shared secret. \fBhmac\fP is the name of the key algorithm;
+valid choices are \fBhmac\-md5\fP, \fBhmac\-sha1\fP, \fBhmac\-sha224\fP,
+\fBhmac\-sha256\fP, \fBhmac\-sha384\fP, or \fBhmac\-sha512\fP\&. If \fBhmac\fP is
+not specified, the default is \fBhmac\-md5\fP; if MD5 was disabled, the default is
+\fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only the \fI\%\-k\fP option should be used, rather than the \fI\%\-y\fP option,
+because with \fI\%\-y\fP the shared secret is supplied as a command\-line
+argument in clear text. This may be visible in the output from \fBps1\fP or
+in a history file maintained by the user\(aqs shell.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH QUERY OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way in which
+lookups are made and the results displayed. Some of these set or reset
+flag bits in the query header, some determine which sections of the
+answer get printed, and others determine the timeout and retry
+strategies.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option; these may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options, like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&. Keywords may be abbreviated, provided the
+abbreviation is unambiguous; for example, \fI\%+cd\fP is equivalent to
+\fI\%+cdflag\fP\&. The query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +aaflag, +noaaflag
+This option is a synonym for \fI\%+aaonly\fP, \fI\%+noaaonly\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +aaonly, +noaaonly
+This option sets the \fBaa\fP flag in the query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +additional, +noadditional
+This option displays [or does not display] the additional section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +adflag, +noadflag
+This option sets [or does not set] the AD (authentic data) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to return whether all of the answer and authority
+sections have been validated as secure, according to the security
+policy of the server. \fBAD=1\fP indicates that all records have been
+validated as secure and the answer is not from a OPT\-OUT range. \fBAD=0\fP
+indicates that some part of the answer was insecure or not validated.
+This bit is set by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +all, +noall
+This option sets or clears all display flags.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +answer, +noanswer
+This option displays [or does not display] the answer section of a reply. The default
+is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +authority, +noauthority
+This option displays [or does not display] the authority section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +badcookie, +nobadcookie
+This option retries the lookup with a new server cookie if a BADCOOKIE response is
+received.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +besteffort, +nobesteffort
+This option attempts to display the contents of messages which are malformed. The
+default is to not display malformed answers.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +bufsize[=B]
+This option sets the UDP message buffer size advertised using EDNS0 to
+\fBB\fP bytes.  The maximum and minimum sizes of this buffer are 65535 and
+0, respectively.  \fB+bufsize\fP restores the default buffer size.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cd, +cdflag, +nocdflag
+This option sets [or does not set] the CD (checking disabled) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to not perform DNSSEC validation of responses.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +class, +noclass
+This option displays [or does not display] the CLASS when printing the record.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cmd, +nocmd
+This option toggles the printing of the initial comment in the output, identifying the
+version of \fBdig\fP and the query options that have been applied. This option
+always has a global effect; it cannot be set globally and then overridden on a
+per\-lookup basis. The default is to print this comment.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +comments, +nocomments
+This option toggles the display of some comment lines in the output, with
+information about the packet header and OPT pseudosection, and the names of
+the response section. The default is to print these comments.
+.sp
+Other types of comments in the output are not affected by this option, but
+can be controlled using other command\-line switches. These include
+\fI\%+cmd\fP, \fI\%+question\fP, \fI\%+stats\fP, and \fI\%+rrcomments\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cookie=####, +nocookie
+This option sends [or does not send] a COOKIE EDNS option, with an optional value. Replaying a COOKIE
+from a previous response allows the server to identify a previous
+client. The default is \fB+cookie\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fB+cookie\fP is also set when \fI\%+trace\fP is set to better emulate the
+default queries from a nameserver.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +crypto, +nocrypto
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary for debugging most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \fB[omitted]\fP or, in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g. \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +defname, +nodefname
+This option, which is deprecated, is treated as a synonym for
+\fI\%+search\fP, \fI\%+nosearch\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dns64prefix, +nodns64prefix
+Lookup IPV4ONLY.ARPA AAAA and print any DNS64 prefixes found.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dnssec, +do, +nodnssec, +nodo
+This option requests that DNSSEC records be sent by setting the DNSSEC OK (DO) bit in
+the OPT record in the additional section of the query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +domain=somename
+This option sets the search list to contain the single domain \fBsomename\fP, as if
+specified in a \fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, and
+enables search list processing as if the \fI\%+search\fP option were
+given.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dscp=value
+This option formerly set the DSCP value used when sending a query.
+It is now obsolete, and has no effect.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +edns[=#], +noedns
+This option specifies the EDNS version to query with. Valid values are 0 to 255.
+Setting the EDNS version causes an EDNS query to be sent.
+\fB+noedns\fP clears the remembered EDNS version. EDNS is set to 0 by
+default.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ednsflags[=#], +noednsflags
+This option sets the must\-be\-zero EDNS flags bits (Z bits) to the specified value.
+Decimal, hex, and octal encodings are accepted. Setting a named flag
+(e.g., DO) is silently ignored. By default, no Z bits are set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ednsnegotiation, +noednsnegotiation
+This option enables/disables EDNS version negotiation. By default, EDNS version
+negotiation is enabled.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ednsopt[=code[:value]], +noednsopt
+This option specifies the EDNS option with code point \fBcode\fP and an optional payload
+of \fBvalue\fP as a hexadecimal string. \fBcode\fP can be either an EDNS
+option name (for example, \fBNSID\fP or \fBECS\fP) or an arbitrary
+numeric value. \fB+noednsopt\fP clears the EDNS options to be sent.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +expire, +noexpire
+This option sends an EDNS Expire option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +fail, +nofail
+This option indicates that \fI\%named\fP should try [or not try] the next server if a SERVFAIL is received. The default is
+to not try the next server, which is the reverse of normal stub
+resolver behavior.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +fuzztime[=value], +nofuzztime
+This option allows the signing time to be specified when generating
+signed messages.  If a value is specified it is the seconds since
+00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC ignoring leap seconds.  If no value
+is specified 1646972129 (Fri 11 Mar 2022 04:15:29 UTC) is used.
+The default is \fB+nofuzztime\fP and the current time is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +header\-only, +noheader\-only
+This option sends a query with a DNS header without a question section. The
+default is to add a question section. The query type and query name
+are ignored when this is set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +https[=value], +nohttps
+This option indicates whether to use DNS over HTTPS (DoH) when querying
+name servers.  When this option is in use, the port number defaults to 443.
+The HTTP POST request mode is used when sending the query.
+.sp
+If \fBvalue\fP is specified, it will be used as the HTTP endpoint in the
+query URI; the default is \fB/dns\-query\fP\&. So, for example, \fBdig
+@example.com +https\fP will use the URI \fBhttps://example.com/dns\-query\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +https\-get[=value], +nohttps\-get
+Similar to \fI\%+https\fP, except that the HTTP GET request mode is used
+when sending the query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +https\-post[=value], +nohttps\-post
+Same as \fI\%+https\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +http\-plain[=value], +nohttp\-plain
+Similar to \fI\%+https\fP, except that HTTP queries will be sent over a
+non\-encrypted channel. When this option is in use, the port number
+defaults to 80 and the HTTP request mode is POST.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +http\-plain\-get[=value], +nohttp\-plain\-get
+Similar to \fI\%+http\-plain\fP, except that the HTTP request mode is GET.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +http\-plain\-post[=value], +nohttp\-plain\-post
+Same as \fI\%+http\-plain\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +identify, +noidentify
+This option shows [or does not show] the IP address and port number that
+supplied the answer, when the \fI\%+short\fP option is enabled. If short
+form answers are requested, the default is not to show the source
+address and port number of the server that provided the answer.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +idnin, +noidnin
+This option processes [or does not process] IDN domain names on input. This requires
+\fBIDN SUPPORT\fP to have been enabled at compile time.
+.sp
+The default is to process IDN input when standard output is a tty.
+The IDN processing on input is disabled when \fBdig\fP output is redirected
+to files, pipes, and other non\-tty file descriptors.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +idnout, +noidnout
+This option converts [or does not convert] puny code on output. This requires
+\fBIDN SUPPORT\fP to have been enabled at compile time.
+.sp
+The default is to process puny code on output when standard output is
+a tty. The puny code processing on output is disabled when \fBdig\fP output
+is redirected to files, pipes, and other non\-tty file descriptors.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ignore, +noignore
+This option ignores [or does not ignore] truncation in UDP responses instead of retrying with TCP. By
+default, TCP retries are performed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +keepalive, +nokeepalive
+This option sends [or does not send] an EDNS Keepalive option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +keepopen, +nokeepopen
+This option keeps [or does not keep] the TCP socket open between queries, and reuses it rather than
+creating a new TCP socket for each lookup. The default is
+\fB+nokeepopen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +multiline, +nomultiline
+This option prints [or does not print] records, like the SOA records, in a verbose multi\-line format
+with human\-readable comments. The default is to print each record on
+a single line to facilitate machine parsing of the \fBdig\fP output.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ndots=D
+This option sets the number of dots (\fBD\fP) that must appear in \fBname\fP for
+it to be considered absolute. The default value is that defined using
+the \fBndots\fP statement in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, or 1 if no \fBndots\fP
+statement is present. Names with fewer dots are interpreted as
+relative names, and are searched for in the domains listed in the
+\fBsearch\fP or \fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP if
+\fI\%+search\fP is set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +nsid, +nonsid
+When enabled, this option includes an EDNS name server ID request when sending a query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +nssearch, +nonssearch
+When this option is set, \fBdig\fP attempts to find the authoritative
+name servers for the zone containing the name being looked up, and
+display the SOA record that each name server has for the zone.
+Addresses of servers that did not respond are also printed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +onesoa, +noonesoa
+When enabled, this option prints only one (starting) SOA record when performing an AXFR. The
+default is to print both the starting and ending SOA records.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +opcode=value, +noopcode
+When enabled, this option sets (restores) the DNS message opcode to the specified value. The
+default value is QUERY (0).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +padding=value
+This option pads the size of the query packet using the EDNS Padding option to
+blocks of \fBvalue\fP bytes. For example, \fB+padding=32\fP causes a
+48\-byte query to be padded to 64 bytes. The default block size is 0,
+which disables padding; the maximum is 512. Values are ordinarily
+expected to be powers of two, such as 128; however, this is not
+mandatory. Responses to padded queries may also be padded, but only
+if the query uses TCP or DNS COOKIE.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +qid=value
+This option specifies the query ID to use when sending queries.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +qr, +noqr
+This option toggles the display of the query message as it is sent. By default, the query
+is not printed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +question, +noquestion
+This option toggles the display of the question section of a query when an answer is
+returned. The default is to print the question section as a comment.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +raflag, +noraflag
+This option sets [or does not set] the RA (Recursion Available) bit in the query. The
+default is \fB+noraflag\fP\&. This bit is ignored by the server for
+QUERY.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +rdflag, +nordflag
+This option is a synonym for \fI\%+recurse\fP, \fI\%+norecurse\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +recurse, +norecurse
+This option toggles the setting of the RD (recursion desired) bit in the query.
+This bit is set by default, which means \fBdig\fP normally sends
+recursive queries. Recursion is automatically disabled when the
+\fI\%+nssearch\fP or \fI\%+trace\fP query option is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +retry=T
+This option sets the number of times to retry UDP and TCP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 2.  Unlike \fI\%+tries\fP, this does not include
+the initial query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +rrcomments, +norrcomments
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+not to print record comments unless multiline mode is active.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +search, +nosearch
+This option uses [or does not use] the search list defined by the searchlist or domain
+directive in \fBresolv.conf\fP, if any. The search list is not used by
+default.
+.sp
+\fBndots\fP from \fBresolv.conf\fP (default 1), which may be overridden by
+\fI\%+ndots\fP, determines whether the name is treated as relative
+and hence whether a search is eventually performed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +short, +noshort
+This option toggles whether a terse answer is provided. The default is to print the answer in a verbose
+form. This option always has a global effect; it cannot be set globally and
+then overridden on a per\-lookup basis.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +showbadcookie, +noshowbadcookie
+This option toggles whether to show the message containing the
+BADCOOKIE rcode before retrying the request or not. The default
+is to not show the messages.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +showsearch, +noshowsearch
+This option performs [or does not perform] a search showing intermediate results.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +sigchase, +nosigchase
+This feature is now obsolete and has been removed; use \fI\%delv\fP
+instead.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +split=W
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split at all. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +stats, +nostats
+This option toggles the printing of statistics: when the query was made, the size of the
+reply, etc. The default behavior is to print the query statistics as a
+comment after each lookup.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +subnet=addr[/prefix\-length], +nosubnet
+This option sends [or does not send] an EDNS CLIENT\-SUBNET option with the specified IP
+address or network prefix.
+.sp
+\fBdig +subnet=0.0.0.0/0\fP, or simply \fBdig +subnet=0\fP for short,
+sends an EDNS CLIENT\-SUBNET option with an empty address and a source
+prefix\-length of zero, which signals a resolver that the client\(aqs
+address information must \fInot\fP be used when resolving this query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tcflag, +notcflag
+This option sets [or does not set] the TC (TrunCation) bit in the query. The default is
+\fB+notcflag\fP\&. This bit is ignored by the server for QUERY.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tcp, +notcp
+This option indicates whether to use TCP when querying name
+servers.  The default behavior is to use UDP unless a type \fBany\fP
+or \fBixfr=N\fP query is requested, in which case the default is
+TCP. AXFR queries always use TCP. To prevent retry over TCP when
+TC=1 is returned from a UDP query, use \fB+ignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +timeout=T
+This option sets the timeout for a query to \fBT\fP seconds. The default timeout is
+5 seconds. An attempt to set \fBT\fP to less than 1 is silently set to 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tls, +notls
+This option indicates whether to use DNS over TLS (DoT) when querying
+name servers. When this option is in use, the port number defaults
+to 853.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tls\-ca[=file\-name], +notls\-ca
+This option enables remote server TLS certificate validation for
+DNS transports, relying on TLS. Certificate authorities
+certificates are loaded from the specified PEM file
+(\fBfile\-name\fP). If the file is not specified, the default
+certificates from the global certificates store are used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tls\-certfile=file\-name, +tls\-keyfile=file\-name, +notls\-certfile, +notls\-keyfile
+These options set the state of certificate\-based client
+authentication for DNS transports, relying on TLS. Both certificate
+chain file and private key file are expected to be in PEM format.
+Both options must be specified at the same time.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tls\-hostname=hostname, +notls\-hostname
+This option makes \fBdig\fP use the provided hostname during remote
+server TLS certificate verification. Otherwise, the DNS server name
+is used. This option has no effect if \fI\%+tls\-ca\fP is not specified.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +topdown, +notopdown
+This feature is related to \fI\%dig +sigchase\fP, which is obsolete and
+has been removed. Use \fI\%delv\fP instead.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +trace, +notrace
+This option toggles tracing of the delegation path from the root name servers for
+the name being looked up. Tracing is disabled by default. When
+tracing is enabled, \fBdig\fP makes iterative queries to resolve the
+name being looked up. It follows referrals from the root servers,
+showing the answer from each server that was used to resolve the
+lookup.
+.sp
+If \fB@server\fP is also specified, it affects only the initial query for
+the root zone name servers.
+.sp
+\fI\%+dnssec\fP is also set when \fI\%+trace\fP is set, to better emulate the
+default queries from a name server.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tries=T
+This option sets the number of times to try UDP and TCP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 3. If \fBT\fP is less than or equal to zero,
+the number of tries is silently rounded up to 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +trusted\-key=####
+This option formerly specified trusted keys for use with \fI\%dig +sigchase\fP\&. This
+feature is now obsolete and has been removed; use \fI\%delv\fP instead.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ttlid, +nottlid
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL when printing the record.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ttlunits, +nottlunits
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL in friendly human\-readable time
+units of \fBs\fP, \fBm\fP, \fBh\fP, \fBd\fP, and \fBw\fP, representing seconds, minutes,
+hours, days, and weeks. This implies \fI\%+ttlid\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +unknownformat, +nounknownformat
+This option prints all RDATA in unknown RR type presentation format (\fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +vc, +novc
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. This alternate
+syntax to \fI\%+tcp\fP is provided for backwards compatibility. The
+\fBvc\fP stands for \(dqvirtual circuit.\(dq
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +yaml, +noyaml
+When enabled, this option prints the responses (and, if \fI\%+qr\fP is in use, also the
+outgoing queries) in a detailed YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +zflag, +nozflag
+This option sets [or does not set] the last unassigned DNS header flag in a DNS query.
+This flag is off by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH MULTIPLE QUERIES
+.sp
+The BIND 9 implementation of \fBdig\fP supports specifying multiple
+queries on the command line (in addition to supporting the \fI\%\-f\fP batch
+file option). Each of those queries can be supplied with its own set of
+flags, options, and query options.
+.sp
+In this case, each \fBquery\fP argument represents an individual query in
+the command\-line syntax described above. Each consists of any of the
+standard options and flags, the name to be looked up, an optional query
+type and class, and any query options that should be applied to that
+query.
+.sp
+A global set of query options, which should be applied to all queries,
+can also be supplied. These global query options must precede the first
+tuple of name, class, type, options, flags, and query options supplied
+on the command line. Any global query options (except \fI\%+cmd\fP and
+\fI\%+short\fP options) can be overridden by a query\-specific set of
+query options. For example:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig +qr www.isc.org any \-x 127.0.0.1 isc.org ns +noqr
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+shows how \fBdig\fP can be used from the command line to make three
+lookups: an ANY query for \fBwww.isc.org\fP, a reverse lookup of 127.0.0.1,
+and a query for the NS records of \fBisc.org\fP\&. A global query option of
+\fI\%+qr\fP is applied, so that \fBdig\fP shows the initial query it made for
+each lookup. The final query has a local query option of \fI\%+noqr\fP which
+means that \fBdig\fP does not print the initial query when it looks up the
+NS records for \fBisc.org\fP\&.
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBdig\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBdig\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, use the parameters
+\fI\%+idnin\fP and \fI\%+idnout\fP, or define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP environment
+variable.
+.SH RETURN CODES
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP return codes are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB0\fP
+DNS response received, including NXDOMAIN status
+.TP
+.B \fB1\fP
+Usage error
+.TP
+.B \fB8\fP
+Couldn\(aqt open batch file
+.TP
+.B \fB9\fP
+No reply from server
+.TP
+.B \fB10\fP
+Internal error
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.sp
+\fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%delv(1)\fP, \fI\%host(1)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.SH BUGS
+.sp
+There are probably too many query options.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dig.rst b/doc/man/dig.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578a0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dig.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/dig.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-cds.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143253f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-CDS" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-cds \- change DS records for a child zone based on CDS/CDNSKEY
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP [\fB\-a\fP alg...] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP] {\fB\-d\fP dsset\-file} {\fB\-f\fP child\-file} [\fB\-i**[extension]] [\fP\-s** start\-time] [\fB\-T\fP ttl] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] {domain}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command changes DS records at a delegation point
+based on CDS or CDNSKEY records published in the child zone. If both CDS
+and CDNSKEY records are present in the child zone, the CDS is preferred.
+This enables a child zone to inform its parent of upcoming changes to
+its key\-signing keys (KSKs); by polling periodically with \fBdnssec\-cds\fP, the
+parent can keep the DS records up\-to\-date and enable automatic rolling
+of KSKs.
+.sp
+Two input files are required. The \fI\%\-f child\-file\fP option specifies a
+file containing the child\(aqs CDS and/or CDNSKEY records, plus RRSIG and
+DNSKEY records so that they can be authenticated. The \fI\%\-d path\fP option
+specifies the location of a file containing the current DS records. For
+example, this could be a \fBdsset\-\fP file generated by
+\fI\%dnssec\-signzone\fP, or the output of \fI\%dnssec\-dsfromkey\fP, or the
+output of a previous run of \fBdnssec\-cds\fP\&.
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command uses special DNSSEC validation logic
+specified by \fI\%RFC 7344\fP\&. It requires that the CDS and/or CDNSKEY records
+be validly signed by a key represented in the existing DS records. This
+is typically the pre\-existing KSK.
+.sp
+For protection against replay attacks, the signatures on the child
+records must not be older than they were on a previous run of
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP\&. Their age is obtained from the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file, or from the \fI\%\-s\fP option.
+.sp
+To protect against breaking the delegation, \fBdnssec\-cds\fP ensures that
+the DNSKEY RRset can be verified by every key algorithm in the new DS
+RRset, and that the same set of keys are covered by every DS digest
+type.
+.sp
+By default, replacement DS records are written to the standard output;
+with the \fI\%\-i\fP option the input file is overwritten in place. The
+replacement DS records are the same as the existing records, when no
+change is required. The output can be empty if the CDS/CDNSKEY records
+specify that the child zone wants to be insecure.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Be careful not to delete the DS records when \fBdnssec\-cds\fP fails!
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Alternatively, :option\(gadnssec\-cds \-u\(ga writes an \fI\%nsupdate\fP script to the
+standard output. The \fI\%\-u\fP and \fI\%\-i\fP options can be used together to
+maintain a \fBdsset\-\fP file as well as emit an \fI\%nsupdate\fP script.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+When converting CDS records to DS records, this option specifies
+the acceptable digest algorithms. This option can be repeated, so
+that multiple digest types are allowed. If none of the CDS records
+use an acceptable digest type, \fBdnssec\-cds\fP will try to use CDNSKEY
+records instead; if there are no CDNSKEY records, it reports an error.
+.sp
+When converting CDNSKEY records to DS records, this option specifies the
+digest algorithm to use. It can be repeated, so that multiple DS records
+are created for each CDNSKEY records.
+.sp
+The algorithm must be one of SHA\-1, SHA\-256, or SHA\-384. These values
+are case\-insensitive, and the hyphen may be omitted. If no algorithm
+is specified, the default is SHA\-256 only.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zones.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option generates DS records from CDNSKEY records if both CDS and CDNSKEY
+records are present in the child zone. By default CDS records are
+preferred.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d path
+This specifies the location of the parent DS records. The path can be the name of a file
+containing the DS records; if it is a directory, \fBdnssec\-cds\fP
+looks for a \fBdsset\-\fP file for the domain inside the directory.
+.sp
+To protect against replay attacks, child records are rejected if they
+were signed earlier than the modification time of the \fBdsset\-\fP
+file. This can be adjusted with the \fI\%\-s\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f child\-file
+This option specifies the file containing the child\(aqs CDS and/or CDNSKEY records, plus its
+DNSKEY records and the covering RRSIG records, so that they can be
+authenticated.
+.sp
+The examples below describe how to generate this file.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i extension
+This option updates the \fBdsset\-\fP file in place, instead of writing DS records to
+the standard output.
+.sp
+There must be no space between the \fI\%\-i\fP and the extension. If
+no extension is provided, the old \fBdsset\-\fP is discarded. If an
+extension is present, a backup of the old \fBdsset\-\fP file is kept
+with the extension appended to its filename.
+.sp
+To protect against replay attacks, the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file is set to match the signature inception time of the
+child records, provided that it is later than the file\(aqs current
+modification time.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s start\-time
+This option specifies the date and time after which RRSIG records become
+acceptable. This can be either an absolute or a relative time. An
+absolute start time is indicated by a number in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation; 20170827133700 denotes 13:37:00 UTC on August 27th, 2017. A
+time relative to the \fBdsset\-\fP file is indicated with \fB\-N\fP, which is N
+seconds before the file modification time. A time relative to the
+current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&.
+.sp
+If no start\-time is specified, the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T ttl
+This option specifies a TTL to be used for new DS records. If not specified, the
+default is the TTL of the old DS records. If they had no explicit TTL,
+the new DS records also have no explicit TTL.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u
+This option writes an \fI\%nsupdate\fP script to the standard output, instead of
+printing the new DS reords. The output is empty if no change is
+needed.
+.sp
+Note: The TTL of new records needs to be specified: it can be done in the
+original \fBdsset\-\fP file, with the \fI\%\-T\fP option, or using the
+\fI\%nsupdate\fP \fBttl\fP command.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level. Level 1 is intended to be usefully verbose
+for general users; higher levels are intended for developers.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBdomain\fP
+This indicates the name of the delegation point/child zone apex.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command exits 0 on success, or non\-zero if an error
+occurred.
+.sp
+If successful, the DS records may or may not need to be
+changed.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+Before running \fI\%dnssec\-signzone\fP, ensure that the delegations
+are up\-to\-date by running \fBdnssec\-cds\fP on every \fBdsset\-\fP file.
+.sp
+To fetch the child records required by \fBdnssec\-cds\fP, invoke
+\fI\%dig\fP as in the script below. It is acceptable if the \fI\%dig\fP fails, since
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP performs all the necessary checking.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+for f in dsset\-*
+do
+    d=${f#dsset\-}
+    dig +dnssec +noall +answer $d DNSKEY $d CDNSKEY $d CDS |
+    dnssec\-cds \-i \-f /dev/stdin \-d $f $d
+done
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+When the parent zone is automatically signed by \fI\%named\fP,
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP can be used with \fI\%nsupdate\fP to maintain a delegation as follows.
+The \fBdsset\-\fP file allows the script to avoid having to fetch and
+validate the parent DS records, and it maintains the replay attack
+protection time.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig +dnssec +noall +answer $d DNSKEY $d CDNSKEY $d CDS |
+dnssec\-cds \-u \-i \-f /dev/stdin \-d $f $d |
+nsupdate \-l
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dig(1)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-settime(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, \fI\%nsupdate(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 7344\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fadc1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-cds.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a76afa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-DSFROMKEY" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-dsfromkey \- DNSSEC DS RR generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-K\fP directory] {keyfile}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-A\fP] {\fB\-f\fP file} [dnsname]
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-K\fP directory] {\fB\-s\fP} {dnsname}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-h\fP | \fB\-V\fP ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP command outputs DS (Delegation Signer) resource records
+(RRs), or CDS (Child DS) RRs with the \fI\%\-C\fP option.
+.sp
+By default, only KSKs are converted (keys with flags = 257).  The
+\fI\%\-A\fP option includes ZSKs (flags = 256).  Revoked keys are never
+included.
+.sp
+The input keys can be specified in a number of ways:
+.sp
+By default, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads a key file named in the format
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as generated by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.sp
+With the \fI\%\-f file\fP option, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads keys from a zone
+file or partial zone file (which can contain just the DNSKEY records).
+.sp
+With the \fI\%\-s\fP option, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads a \fBkeyset\-\fP file,
+as generated by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP \fI\%\-C\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-1
+This option is an abbreviation for \fI\%\-a SHA1\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-2
+This option is an abbreviation for \fI\%\-a SHA\-256\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+This option specifies a digest algorithm to use when converting DNSKEY records to
+DS records. This option can be repeated, so that multiple DS records
+are created for each DNSKEY record.
+.sp
+The algorithm must be one of SHA\-1, SHA\-256, or SHA\-384. These values
+are case\-insensitive, and the hyphen may be omitted. If no algorithm
+is specified, the default is SHA\-256.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A
+This option indicates that ZSKs are to be included when generating DS records. Without this option, only
+keys which have the KSK flag set are converted to DS records and
+printed. This option is only useful in \fI\%\-f\fP zone file mode.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the DNS class; the default is IN. This option is only useful in \fI\%\-s\fP keyset
+or \fI\%\-f\fP zone file mode.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option generates CDS records rather than DS records.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f file
+This option sets zone file mode, in which the final dnsname argument of \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP is the
+DNS domain name of a zone whose master file can be read from
+\fBfile\fP\&. If the zone name is the same as \fBfile\fP, then it may be
+omitted.
+.sp
+If \fBfile\fP is \fB\-\fP, then the zone data is read from the standard
+input. This makes it possible to use the output of the \fI\%dig\fP
+command as input, as in:
+.sp
+\fBdig dnskey example.com | dnssec\-dsfromkey \-f \- example.com\fP
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints usage information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option tells BIND 9 to look for key files or \fBkeyset\-\fP files in \fBdirectory\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s
+This option enables keyset mode, in which the final dnsname argument from \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP is the DNS
+domain name used to locate a \fBkeyset\-\fP file.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T TTL
+This option specifies the TTL of the DS records. By default the TTL is omitted.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+To build the SHA\-256 DS RR from the \fBKexample.com.+003+26160\fP keyfile,
+issue the following command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey \-2 Kexample.com.+003+26160\fP
+.sp
+The command returns something similar to:
+.sp
+\fBexample.com. IN DS 26160 5 2 3A1EADA7A74B8D0BA86726B0C227AA85AB8BBD2B2004F41A868A54F0C5EA0B94\fP
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+The keyfile can be designated by the key identification
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP or the full file name \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as
+generated by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.sp
+The keyset file name is built from the \fBdirectory\fP, the string
+\fBkeyset\-\fP, and the \fBdnsname\fP\&.
+.SH CAVEAT
+.sp
+A keyfile error may return \(dqfile not found,\(dq even if the file exists.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 3658\fP (DS RRs), \fI\%RFC 4509\fP (SHA\-256 for DS RRs),
+\fI\%RFC 6605\fP (SHA\-384 for DS RRs), \fI\%RFC 7344\fP (CDS and CDNSKEY RRs).
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a016b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a15a496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-IMPORTKEY" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-importkey \- import DNSKEY records from external systems so they can be managed
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] {keyfile}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP {\fB\-f\fP filename} [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [dnsname]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP reads a public DNSKEY record and generates a pair
+of .key/.private files. The DNSKEY record may be read from an
+existing .key file, in which case a corresponding .private file is
+generated, or it may be read from any other file or from the standard
+input, in which case both .key and .private files are generated.
+.sp
+The newly created .private file does \fInot\fP contain private key data, and
+cannot be used for signing. However, having a .private file makes it
+possible to set publication (\fI\%\-P\fP) and deletion (\fI\%\-D\fP) times for the
+key, which means the public key can be added to and removed from the
+DNSKEY RRset on schedule even if the true private key is stored offline.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f filename
+This option indicates the zone file mode. Instead of a public keyfile name, the argument is the
+DNS domain name of a zone master file, which can be read from
+\fBfilename\fP\&. If the domain name is the same as \fBfilename\fP, then it may be
+omitted.
+.sp
+If \fBfilename\fP is set to \fB\(dq\-\(dq\fP, then the zone data is read from the
+standard input.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L ttl
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+removes it from the key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.
+(which is the format used inside key files),
+or \(aqDay Mon DD HH:MM:SS YYYY\(aq (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-p\fP),
+or UNIX epoch time (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-up\fP),
+or the literal \fBnow\fP\&.
+.sp
+The argument can be followed by \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP and an offset from the
+given time. The literal \fBnow\fP can be omitted before an offset. The
+offset can be followed by one of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP,
+\fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, so that it is computed in years (defined as
+365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years), months (defined as 30 24\-hour
+days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes, respectively. Without a suffix,
+the offset is computed in seconds.
+.sp
+To explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP, \fBnever\fP,
+or \fBunset\fP\&.
+.sp
+All these formats are case\-insensitive.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P date/offset
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+A keyfile can be designed by the key identification \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP
+or the full file name \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as generated by
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9df508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-importkey.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92c3b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-KEYFROMLABEL" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-keyfromlabel \- DNSSEC key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP {\fB\-l\fP label} [\fB\-3\fP] [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP flag] [\fB\-G\fP] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-k\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-n\fP nametype] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-p\fP protocol] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-y\fP] {name}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP generates a pair of key files that reference a
+key object stored in a cryptographic hardware service module (HSM). The
+private key file can be used for DNSSEC signing of zone data as if it
+were a conventional signing key created by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP, but the
+key material is stored within the HSM and the actual signing takes
+place there.
+.sp
+The \fBname\fP of the key is specified on the command line. This must
+match the name of the zone for which the key is being generated.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+This option selects the cryptographic algorithm. The value of \fBalgorithm\fP must
+be one of RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512,
+ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, or ED448.
+.sp
+These values are case\-insensitive. In some cases, abbreviations are
+supported, such as ECDSA256 for ECDSAP256SHA256 and ECDSA384 for
+ECDSAP384SHA384. If RSASHA1 is specified along with the \fI\%\-3\fP
+option, then NSEC3RSASHA1 is used instead.
+.sp
+This option is mandatory except when using the
+\fI\%\-S\fP option, which copies the algorithm from the predecessory key.
+.sp
+Changed in version 9.12.0: The default value RSASHA1 for newly generated keys was removed.
+
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-3
+This option uses an NSEC3\-capable algorithm to generate a DNSSEC key. If this
+option is used with an algorithm that has both NSEC and NSEC3
+versions, then the NSEC3 version is used; for example,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-3a RSASHA1\fP specifies the NSEC3RSASHA1 algorithm.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l label
+This option specifies the label for a key pair in the crypto hardware.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL\-based PKCS#11 support, the label is
+an arbitrary string that identifies a particular key. It may be
+preceded by an optional OpenSSL engine name, followed by a colon, as
+in \fBpkcs11:keylabel\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n nametype
+This option specifies the owner type of the key. The value of \fBnametype\fP must
+either be ZONE (for a DNSSEC zone key (KEY/DNSKEY)), HOST or ENTITY
+(for a key associated with a host (KEY)), USER (for a key associated
+with a user (KEY)), or OTHER (DNSKEY). These values are
+case\-insensitive.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option enables compatibility mode, which generates an old\-style key, without any metadata.
+By default, \fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP includes the key\(aqs creation
+date in the metadata stored with the private key; other dates may
+be set there as well, including publication date, activation date, etc. Keys
+that include this data may be incompatible with older versions of
+BIND; the \fI\%\-C\fP option suppresses them.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option indicates that the DNS record containing the key should have the
+specified class. If not specified, class IN is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f flag
+This option sets the specified flag in the \fBflag\fP field of the KEY/DNSKEY record.
+The only recognized flags are KSK (Key\-Signing Key) and REVOKE.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-G
+This option generates a key, but does not publish it or sign with it. This option is
+incompatible with \fI\%\-P\fP and \fI\%\-A\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to be written.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k
+This option generates KEY records rather than DNSKEY records.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L ttl
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL would take precedence. Setting
+the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP removes it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p protocol
+This option sets the protocol value for the key. The protocol is a number between
+0 and 255. The default is 3 (DNSSEC). Other possible values for this
+argument are listed in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP and its successors.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S key
+This option generates a key as an explicit successor to an existing key. The name,
+algorithm, size, and type of the key are set to match the
+predecessor. The activation date of the new key is set to the
+inactivation date of the existing one. The publication date is
+set to the activation date minus the prepublication interval, which
+defaults to 30 days.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option indicates the type of the key. \fBtype\fP must be one of AUTHCONF,
+NOAUTHCONF, NOAUTH, or NOCONF. The default is AUTHCONF. AUTH refers
+to the ability to authenticate data, and CONF to the ability to encrypt
+data.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-y
+This option allows DNSSEC key files to be generated even if the key ID would
+collide with that of an existing key, in the event of either key
+being revoked. (This is only safe to enable if
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP trust anchor maintenance is not used with either of the keys
+involved.)
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+(which is the format used inside key files),
+or \(aqDay Mon DD HH:MM:SS YYYY\(aq (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-p\fP),
+or UNIX epoch time (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-up\fP),
+or the literal \fBnow\fP\&.
+.sp
+The argument can be followed by \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP and an offset from the
+given time. The literal \fBnow\fP can be omitted before an offset. The
+offset can be followed by one of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP,
+\fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, so that it is computed in years (defined as
+365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years), months (defined as 30 24\-hour
+days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes, respectively. Without a suffix,
+the offset is computed in seconds.
+.sp
+To explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP, \fBnever\fP,
+or \fBunset\fP\&.
+.sp
+All these formats are case\-insensitive.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P date/offset
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it. If not set, and if the \fI\%\-G\fP option has not been used, the
+default is the current date.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it. If not set,
+and if the \fI\%\-G\fP option has not been used, the default is the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-I date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i interval
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GENERATED KEY FILES
+.sp
+When \fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP completes successfully, it prints a string
+of the form \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP to the standard output. This is an
+identification string for the key files it has generated.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnnnn\fP is the key name.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBaaa\fP is the numeric representation of the algorithm.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBiiiii\fP is the key identifier (or footprint).
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP creates two files, with names based on the
+printed string. \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP contains the public key, and
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP contains the private key.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.key\fP file contains a DNS KEY record that can be inserted into a
+zone file (directly or with an $INCLUDE statement).
+.sp
+The \fB\&.private\fP file contains algorithm\-specific fields. For obvious
+security reasons, this file does not have general read permission.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 4034\fP, \fI\%RFC 7512\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae00dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5f3034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-KEYGEN" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-keygen \- DNSSEC key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP [\fB\-3\fP] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-b\fP keysize] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-d\fP bits] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP flag] [\fB\-G\fP] [\fB\-g\fP generator] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-k\fP policy] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-l\fP file] [\fB\-n\fP nametype] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-p\fP protocol] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-s\fP strength] [\fB\-T\fP rrtype] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] {name}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP generates keys for DNSSEC (Secure DNS), as defined in
+\fI\%RFC 2535\fP and \fI\%RFC 4034\fP\&. It can also generate keys for use with TSIG
+(Transaction Signatures) as defined in \fI\%RFC 2845\fP, or TKEY (Transaction
+Key) as defined in \fI\%RFC 2930\fP\&.
+.sp
+The \fBname\fP of the key is specified on the command line. For DNSSEC
+keys, this must match the name of the zone for which the key is being
+generated.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-3
+This option uses an NSEC3\-capable algorithm to generate a DNSSEC key. If this
+option is used with an algorithm that has both NSEC and NSEC3
+versions, then the NSEC3 version is selected; for example,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-3 \-a RSASHA1\fP specifies the NSEC3RSASHA1 algorithm.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+This option selects the cryptographic algorithm. For DNSSEC keys, the value of
+\fBalgorithm\fP must be one of RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASHA1, RSASHA256,
+RSASHA512, ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, or ED448. For
+TKEY, the value must be DH (Diffie\-Hellman); specifying this value
+automatically sets the \fI\%\-T KEY\fP option as well.
+.sp
+These values are case\-insensitive. In some cases, abbreviations are
+supported, such as ECDSA256 for ECDSAP256SHA256 and ECDSA384 for
+ECDSAP384SHA384. If RSASHA1 is specified along with the \fI\%\-3\fP
+option, NSEC3RSASHA1 is used instead.
+.sp
+This parameter \fImust\fP be specified except when using the \fI\%\-S\fP
+option, which copies the algorithm from the predecessor key.
+.sp
+In prior releases, HMAC algorithms could be generated for use as TSIG
+keys, but that feature was removed in BIND 9.13.0. Use
+\fI\%tsig\-keygen\fP to generate TSIG keys.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b keysize
+This option specifies the number of bits in the key. The choice of key size
+depends on the algorithm used: RSA keys must be between 1024 and 4096
+bits; Diffie\-Hellman keys must be between 128 and 4096 bits. Elliptic
+curve algorithms do not need this parameter.
+.sp
+If the key size is not specified, some algorithms have pre\-defined
+defaults. For example, RSA keys for use as DNSSEC zone\-signing keys
+have a default size of 1024 bits; RSA keys for use as key\-signing
+keys (KSKs, generated with \fI\%\-f KSK\fP) default to 2048 bits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option enables compatibility mode, which generates an old\-style key, without any timing
+metadata. By default, \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP includes the key\(aqs
+creation date in the metadata stored with the private key; other
+dates may be set there as well, including publication date, activation date,
+etc. Keys that include this data may be incompatible with older
+versions of BIND; the \fI\%\-C\fP option suppresses them.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option indicates that the DNS record containing the key should have the
+specified class. If not specified, class IN is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d bits
+This option specifies the key size in bits. For the algorithms RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASA1, RSASHA256, and
+RSASHA512 the key size must be between 1024 and 4096 bits; DH size is between 128
+and 4096 bits. This option is ignored for algorithms ECDSAP256SHA256,
+ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, and ED448.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f flag
+This option sets the specified flag in the flag field of the KEY/DNSKEY record.
+The only recognized flags are KSK (Key\-Signing Key) and REVOKE.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-G
+This option generates a key, but does not publish it or sign with it. This option is
+incompatible with \fI\%\-P\fP and \fI\%\-A\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-g generator
+This option indicates the generator to use if generating a Diffie\-Hellman key. Allowed
+values are 2 and 5. If no generator is specified, a known prime from
+\fI\%RFC 2539\fP is used if possible; otherwise the default is 2.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to be written.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k policy
+This option creates keys for a specific \fBdnssec\-policy\fP\&. If a policy uses multiple keys,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP generates multiple keys. This also
+creates a \(dq.state\(dq file to keep track of the key state.
+.sp
+This option creates keys according to the \fBdnssec\-policy\fP configuration, hence
+it cannot be used at the same time as many of the other options that
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP provides.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L ttl
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. If this
+value is not set and there is no existing DNSKEY RRset, the TTL
+defaults to the SOA TTL. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+is the same as leaving it unset.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l file
+This option provides a configuration file that contains a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP statement
+(matching the policy set with \fI\%\-k\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n nametype
+This option specifies the owner type of the key. The value of \fBnametype\fP must
+either be ZONE (for a DNSSEC zone key (KEY/DNSKEY)), HOST or ENTITY
+(for a key associated with a host (KEY)), USER (for a key associated
+with a user (KEY)), or OTHER (DNSKEY). These values are
+case\-insensitive. The default is ZONE for DNSKEY generation.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p protocol
+This option sets the protocol value for the generated key, for use with
+\fI\%\-T KEY\fP\&. The protocol is a number between 0 and 255. The default
+is 3 (DNSSEC). Other possible values for this argument are listed in
+\fI\%RFC 2535\fP and its successors.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option sets quiet mode, which suppresses unnecessary output, including progress
+indication. Without this option, when \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP is run
+interactively to generate an RSA or DSA key pair, it prints a
+string of symbols to \fBstderr\fP indicating the progress of the key
+generation. A \fB\&.\fP indicates that a random number has been found which
+passed an initial sieve test; \fB+\fP means a number has passed a single
+round of the Miller\-Rabin primality test; and a space ( ) means that the
+number has passed all the tests and is a satisfactory key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S key
+This option creates a new key which is an explicit successor to an existing key.
+The name, algorithm, size, and type of the key are set to match
+the existing key. The activation date of the new key is set to
+the inactivation date of the existing one. The publication date is
+set to the activation date minus the prepublication interval,
+which defaults to 30 days.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s strength
+This option specifies the strength value of the key. The strength is a number
+between 0 and 15, and currently has no defined purpose in DNSSEC.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T rrtype
+This option specifies the resource record type to use for the key. \fBrrtype\fP
+must be either DNSKEY or KEY. The default is DNSKEY when using a
+DNSSEC algorithm, but it can be overridden to KEY for use with
+SIG(0).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option indicates the type of the key for use with \fI\%\-T KEY\fP\&. \fBtype\fP
+must be one of AUTHCONF, NOAUTHCONF, NOAUTH, or NOCONF. The default
+is AUTHCONF. AUTH refers to the ability to authenticate data, and
+CONF to the ability to encrypt data.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+(which is the format used inside key files),
+or \(aqDay Mon DD HH:MM:SS YYYY\(aq (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-p\fP),
+or UNIX epoch time (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-up\fP),
+or the literal \fBnow\fP\&.
+.sp
+The argument can be followed by \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP and an offset from the
+given time. The literal \fBnow\fP can be omitted before an offset. The
+offset can be followed by one of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP,
+\fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, so that it is computed in years (defined as
+365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years), months (defined as 30 24\-hour
+days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes, respectively. Without a suffix,
+the offset is computed in seconds.
+.sp
+To unset a date, use \fBnone\fP, \fBnever\fP, or \fBunset\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P date/offset
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it. If not set, and if the \fI\%\-G\fP option has not been used, the
+default is the current date.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it. If not set,
+and if the \fI\%\-G\fP option has not been used, the default is the current date. If set,
+and \fI\%\-P\fP is not set, the publication date is set to the
+activation date minus the prepublication interval.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-I date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i interval
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GENERATED KEYS
+.sp
+When \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP completes successfully, it prints a string of the
+form \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP to the standard output. This is an
+identification string for the key it has generated.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnnnn\fP is the key name.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBaaa\fP is the numeric representation of the algorithm.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBiiiii\fP is the key identifier (or footprint).
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP creates two files, with names based on the printed
+string. \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP contains the public key, and
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP contains the private key.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.key\fP file contains a DNSKEY or KEY record. When a zone is being
+signed by \fI\%named\fP or \fI\%dnssec\-signzone \-S\fP, DNSKEY records are
+included automatically. In other cases, the \fB\&.key\fP file can be
+inserted into a zone file manually or with an \fB$INCLUDE\fP statement.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.private\fP file contains algorithm\-specific fields. For obvious
+security reasons, this file does not have general read permission.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+To generate an ECDSAP256SHA256 zone\-signing key for the zone
+\fBexample.com\fP, issue the command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-a ECDSAP256SHA256 example.com\fP
+.sp
+The command prints a string of the form:
+.sp
+\fBKexample.com.+013+26160\fP
+.sp
+In this example, \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP creates the files
+\fBKexample.com.+013+26160.key\fP and \fBKexample.com.+013+26160.private\fP\&.
+.sp
+To generate a matching key\-signing key, issue the command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-a ECDSAP256SHA256 \-f KSK example.com\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 2539\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 2845\fP, \fI\%RFC 4034\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e0c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keygen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edb0c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-REVOKE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-revoke \- set the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-revoke\fP [\fB\-hr\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-R\fP] {keyfile}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-revoke\fP reads a DNSSEC key file, sets the REVOKED bit on the
+key as defined in \fI\%RFC 5011\fP, and creates a new pair of key files
+containing the now\-revoked key.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r
+This option indicates to remove the original keyset files after writing the new keyset files.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f
+This option indicates a forced overwrite and causes \fBdnssec\-revoke\fP to write the new key pair,
+even if a file already exists matching the algorithm and key ID of
+the revoked key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R
+This option prints the key tag of the key with the REVOKE bit set, but does not
+revoke the key.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5a71ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-revoke.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-settime.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0862d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-SETTIME" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-settime \- set the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP ds date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP ds date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-E\fP engine] {keyfile} [\fB\-s\fP] [\fB\-g\fP state] [\fB\-d\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-k\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-r\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-z\fP state date/offset]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP reads a DNSSEC private key file and sets the key
+timing metadata as specified by the \fI\%\-P\fP, \fI\%\-A\fP, \fI\%\-R\fP,
+\fI\%\-I\fP, and \fI\%\-D\fP options. The metadata can then be used by
+\fI\%dnssec\-signzone\fP or other signing software to determine when a key is
+to be published, whether it should be used for signing a zone, etc.
+.sp
+If none of these options is set on the command line,
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP simply prints the key timing metadata already stored
+in the key.
+.sp
+When key metadata fields are changed, both files of a key pair
+(\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP and \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP) are
+regenerated.
+.sp
+Metadata fields are stored in the private file. A
+human\-readable description of the metadata is also placed in comments in
+the key file. The private file\(aqs permissions are always set to be
+inaccessible to anyone other than the owner (mode 0600).
+.sp
+When working with state files, it is possible to update the timing metadata in
+those files as well with \fI\%\-s\fP\&.  With this option, it is also possible
+to update key states with \fI\%\-d\fP (DS), \fI\%\-k\fP (DNSKEY), \fI\%\-r\fP
+(RRSIG of KSK), or \fI\%\-z\fP (RRSIG of ZSK). Allowed states are HIDDEN,
+RUMOURED, OMNIPRESENT, and UNRETENTIVE.
+.sp
+The goal state of the key can also be set with \fI\%\-g\fP\&. This should be either
+HIDDEN or OMNIPRESENT, representing whether the key should be removed from the
+zone or published.
+.sp
+It is NOT RECOMMENDED to manipulate state files manually, except for testing
+purposes.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f
+This option forces an update of an old\-format key with no metadata fields. Without
+this option, \fBdnssec\-settime\fP fails when attempting to update a
+legacy key. With this option, the key is recreated in the new
+format, but with the original key data retained. The key\(aqs creation
+date is set to the present time. If no other values are
+specified, then the key\(aqs publication and activation dates are also
+set to the present time.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L ttl
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. If this
+value is not set and there is no existing DNSKEY RRset, the TTL
+defaults to the SOA TTL. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+removes it from the key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+(which is the format used inside key files),
+or \(aqDay Mon DD HH:MM:SS YYYY\(aq (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-p\fP),
+or UNIX epoch time (as printed by \fBdnssec\-settime \-up\fP),
+or the literal \fBnow\fP\&.
+.sp
+The argument can be followed by \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP and an offset from the
+given time. The literal \fBnow\fP can be omitted before an offset. The
+offset can be followed by one of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP,
+\fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, so that it is computed in years (defined as
+365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years), months (defined as 30 24\-hour
+days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes, respectively. Without a suffix,
+the offset is computed in seconds.
+.sp
+To unset a date, use \fBnone\fP, \fBnever\fP, or \fBunset\fP\&.
+.sp
+All these formats are case\-insensitive.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P date/offset
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B ds date/offset
+This option sets the date on which DS records that match this key have been
+seen in the parent zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-I date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B ds date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the DS records that match this key have
+been seen removed from the parent zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B sync date/offset
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S predecessor key
+This option selects a key for which the key being modified is an explicit
+successor. The name, algorithm, size, and type of the predecessor key
+must exactly match those of the key being modified. The activation
+date of the successor key is set to the inactivation date of the
+predecessor. The publication date is set to the activation date
+minus the prepublication interval, which defaults to 30 days.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i interval
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH KEY STATE OPTIONS
+.sp
+To test dnssec\-policy it may be necessary to construct keys with artificial
+state information; these options are used by the testing framework for that
+purpose, but should never be used in production.
+.sp
+Known key states are HIDDEN, RUMOURED, OMNIPRESENT, and UNRETENTIVE.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s
+This option indicates that when setting key timing data, the state file should also be updated.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-g state
+This option sets the goal state for this key. Must be HIDDEN or OMNIPRESENT.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d state date/offset
+This option sets the DS state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k state date/offset
+This option sets the DNSKEY state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r state date/offset
+This option sets the RRSIG (KSK) state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-z state date/offset
+This option sets the RRSIG (ZSK) state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH PRINTING OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP can also be used to print the timing metadata
+associated with a key.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u
+This option indicates that times should be printed in Unix epoch format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p C/P/Pds/Psync/A/R/I/D/Dds/Dsync/all
+This option prints a specific metadata value or set of metadata values.
+The \fI\%\-p\fP option may be followed by one or more of the following letters or
+strings to indicate which value or values to print: \fBC\fP for the
+creation date, \fBP\fP for the publication date, \fBPds\(ga for the DS publication
+date, \(ga\(gaPsync\fP for the CDS and CDNSKEY publication date, \fBA\fP for the
+activation date, \fBR\fP for the revocation date, \fBI\fP for the inactivation
+date, \fBD\fP for the deletion date, \fBDds\fP for the DS deletion date,
+and \fBDsync\fP for the CDS and CDNSKEY deletion date. To print all of the
+metadata, use \fBall\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1bb692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-settime.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c60431b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-SIGNZONE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-signzone \- DNSSEC zone signing tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP [\fB\-a\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-d\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-e\fP end\-time] [\fB\-f\fP output\-file] [\fB\-g\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-I\fP input\-format] [\fB\-j\fP jitter] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-k\fP key] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-M\fP maxttl] [\fB\-N\fP soa\-serial\-format] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-O\fP output\-format] [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-Q\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-R\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fB\-s\fP start\-time] [\fB\-T\fP ttl] [\fB\-t\fP] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-X\fP extended end\-time] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-z\fP] [\fB\-3\fP salt] [\fB\-H\fP iterations] [\fB\-A\fP] {zonefile} [key...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP signs a zone; it generates NSEC and RRSIG records
+and produces a signed version of the zone. The security status of
+delegations from the signed zone (that is, whether the child zones are
+secure) is determined by the presence or absence of a \fBkeyset\fP
+file for each child zone.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a
+This option verifies all generated signatures.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option sets compatibility mode, in which a \fBkeyset\-zonename\fP file is generated in addition
+to \fBdsset\-zonename\fP when signing a zone, for use by older versions
+of \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d directory
+This option indicates the directory where BIND 9 should look for \fBdsset\-\fP or \fBkeyset\-\fP files.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option indicates that only those record types automatically managed by
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP, i.e., RRSIG, NSEC, NSEC3 and NSEC3PARAM records, should be included in the output.
+If smart signing (\fI\%\-S\fP) is used, DNSKEY records are also included.
+The resulting file can be included in the original zone file with
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP\&. This option cannot be combined with \fI\%\-O raw\fP
+or serial\-number updating.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the hardware to use for cryptographic
+operations, such as a secure key store used for signing, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-g
+This option indicates that DS records for child zones should be generated from a \fBdsset\-\fP or \fBkeyset\-\fP
+file. Existing DS records are removed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-K directory
+This option specifies the directory to search for DNSSEC keys. If not
+specified, it defaults to the current directory.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k key
+This option tells BIND 9 to treat the specified key as a key\-signing key, ignoring any key flags. This
+option may be specified multiple times.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-M maxttl
+This option sets the maximum TTL for the signed zone. Any TTL higher than \fBmaxttl\fP
+in the input zone is reduced to \fBmaxttl\fP in the output. This
+provides certainty as to the largest possible TTL in the signed zone,
+which is useful to know when rolling keys. The maxttl is the longest
+possible time before signatures that have been retrieved by resolvers
+expire from resolver caches. Zones that are signed with this
+option should be configured to use a matching \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&. (Note: This option is incompatible with \fI\%\-D\fP,
+because it modifies non\-DNSSEC data in the output zone.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s start\-time
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records become
+valid. This can be either an absolute or relative time. An absolute
+start time is indicated by a number in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation;
+20000530144500 denotes 14:45:00 UTC on May 30th, 2000. A relative
+start time is indicated by \fB+N\fP, which is N seconds from the current
+time. If no \fBstart\-time\fP is specified, the current time minus 1
+hour (to allow for clock skew) is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-e end\-time
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records expire. As
+with \fBstart\-time\fP, an absolute time is indicated in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation. A time relative to the start time is indicated with \fB+N\fP,
+which is N seconds from the start time. A time relative to the
+current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&. If no \fBend\-time\fP is
+specified, 30 days from the start time is the default.
+\fBend\-time\fP must be later than \fBstart\-time\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-X extended end\-time
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records for the
+DNSKEY RRset expire. This is to be used in cases when the DNSKEY
+signatures need to persist longer than signatures on other records;
+e.g., when the private component of the KSK is kept offline and the
+KSK signature is to be refreshed manually.
+.sp
+As with \fBend\-time\fP, an absolute time is indicated in
+YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation. A time relative to the start time is
+indicated with \fB+N\fP, which is N seconds from the start time. A time
+relative to the current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&. If no
+\fBextended end\-time\fP is specified, the value of \fBend\-time\fP is used
+as the default. (\fBend\-time\fP, in turn, defaults to 30 days from the
+start time.) \fBextended end\-time\fP must be later than \fBstart\-time\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f output\-file
+This option indicates the name of the output file containing the signed zone. The default
+is to append \fB\&.signed\fP to the input filename. If \fBoutput\-file\fP is
+set to \fB\-\fP, then the signed zone is written to the standard
+output, with a default output format of \fBfull\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i interval
+This option indicates that, when a previously signed zone is passed as input, records may be
+re\-signed. The \fBinterval\fP option specifies the cycle interval as an
+offset from the current time, in seconds. If a RRSIG record expires
+after the cycle interval, it is retained; otherwise, it is considered
+to be expiring soon and it is replaced.
+.sp
+The default cycle interval is one quarter of the difference between
+the signature end and start times. So if neither \fBend\-time\fP nor
+\fBstart\-time\fP is specified, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP generates
+signatures that are valid for 30 days, with a cycle interval of 7.5
+days. Therefore, if any existing RRSIG records are due to expire in
+less than 7.5 days, they are replaced.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-I input\-format
+This option sets the format of the input zone file. Possible formats are
+\fBtext\fP (the default), and \fBraw\fP\&. This option is primarily
+intended to be used for dynamic signed zones, so that the dumped zone
+file in a non\-text format containing updates can be signed directly.
+This option is not useful for non\-dynamic zones.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-j jitter
+When signing a zone with a fixed signature lifetime, all RRSIG
+records issued at the time of signing expire simultaneously. If the
+zone is incrementally signed, i.e., a previously signed zone is passed
+as input to the signer, all expired signatures must be regenerated
+at approximately the same time. The \fBjitter\fP option specifies a jitter
+window that is used to randomize the signature expire time, thus
+spreading incremental signature regeneration over time.
+.sp
+Signature lifetime jitter also, to some extent, benefits validators and
+servers by spreading out cache expiration, i.e., if large numbers of
+RRSIGs do not expire at the same time from all caches, there is
+less congestion than if all validators need to refetch at around the
+same time.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L serial
+When writing a signed zone to \(dqraw\(dq format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified \fBserial\fP number. (This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n ncpus
+This option specifies the number of threads to use. By default, one thread is
+started for each detected CPU.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-N soa\-serial\-format
+This option sets the SOA serial number format of the signed zone. Possible formats are
+\fBkeep\fP (the default), \fBincrement\fP, \fBunixtime\fP, and
+\fBdate\fP\&.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+\fBkeep\fP
+This format indicates that the SOA serial number should not be modified.
+.TP
+\fBincrement\fP
+This format increments the SOA serial number using \fI\%RFC 1982\fP arithmetic.
+.TP
+\fBunixtime\fP
+This format sets the SOA serial number to the number of seconds
+since the beginning of the Unix epoch, unless the serial
+number is already greater than or equal to that value, in
+which case it is simply incremented by one.
+.TP
+\fBdate\fP
+This format sets the SOA serial number to today\(aqs date, in
+YYYYMMDDNN format, unless the serial number is already greater
+than or equal to that value, in which case it is simply
+incremented by one.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o origin
+This option sets the zone origin. If not specified, the name of the zone file is
+assumed to be the origin.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-O output\-format
+This option sets the format of the output file containing the signed
+zone. Possible formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard
+textual representation of the zone; \fBfull\fP, which is text output in a
+format suitable for processing by external scripts; and \fBraw\fP and
+\fBraw=N\fP, which store the zone in binary formats for rapid loading by
+\fI\%named\fP\&. \fBraw=N\fP specifies the format version of the raw zone file:
+if N is 0, the raw file can be read by any version of \fI\%named\fP; if N is
+1, the file can be read by release 9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P
+This option disables post\-sign verification tests.
+.sp
+The post\-sign verification tests ensure that for each algorithm in
+use there is at least one non\-revoked self\-signed KSK key, that all
+revoked KSK keys are self\-signed, and that all records in the zone
+are signed by the algorithm. This option skips these tests.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-Q
+This option removes signatures from keys that are no longer active.
+.sp
+Normally, when a previously signed zone is passed as input to the
+signer, and a DNSKEY record has been removed and replaced with a new
+one, signatures from the old key that are still within their validity
+period are retained. This allows the zone to continue to validate
+with cached copies of the old DNSKEY RRset. The \fI\%\-Q\fP option forces
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to remove signatures from keys that are no longer
+active. This enables ZSK rollover using the procedure described in
+\fI\%RFC 4641#4.2.1.1\fP (\(dqPre\-Publish Key Rollover\(dq).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option enables quiet mode, which suppresses unnecessary output. Without this option, when
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP is run it prints three pieces of information to standard output: the number of
+keys in use; the algorithms used to verify the zone was signed correctly and
+other status information; and the filename containing the signed
+zone. With the option that output is suppressed, leaving only the filename.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R
+This option removes signatures from keys that are no longer published.
+.sp
+This option is similar to \fI\%\-Q\fP, except it forces
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to remove signatures from keys that are no longer
+published. This enables ZSK rollover using the procedure described in
+\fI\%RFC 4641#4.2.1.2\fP (\(dqDouble Signature Zone Signing Key
+Rollover\(dq).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S
+This option enables smart signing, which instructs \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to search the key
+repository for keys that match the zone being signed, and to include
+them in the zone if appropriate.
+.sp
+When a key is found, its timing metadata is examined to determine how
+it should be used, according to the following rules. Each successive
+rule takes priority over the prior ones:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+If no timing metadata has been set for the key, the key is
+published in the zone and used to sign the zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs publication date is set and is in the past, the key
+is published in the zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs activation date is set and is in the past, the key is
+published (regardless of publication date) and used to sign the
+zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs revocation date is set and is in the past, and the key
+is published, then the key is revoked, and the revoked key is used
+to sign the zone.
+.sp
+If either the key\(aqs unpublication or deletion date is set and
+in the past, the key is NOT published or used to sign the zone,
+regardless of any other metadata.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs sync publication date is set and is in the past,
+synchronization records (type CDS and/or CDNSKEY) are created.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs sync deletion date is set and is in the past,
+synchronization records (type CDS and/or CDNSKEY) are removed.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T ttl
+This option specifies a TTL to be used for new DNSKEY records imported into the
+zone from the key repository. If not specified, the default is the
+TTL value from the zone\(aqs SOA record. This option is ignored when
+signing without \fI\%\-S\fP, since DNSKEY records are not imported from
+the key repository in that case. It is also ignored if there are any
+pre\-existing DNSKEY records at the zone apex, in which case new
+records\(aq TTL values are set to match them, or if any of the
+imported DNSKEY records had a default TTL value. In the event of a
+conflict between TTL values in imported keys, the shortest one is
+used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t
+This option prints statistics at completion.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u
+This option updates the NSEC/NSEC3 chain when re\-signing a previously signed zone.
+With this option, a zone signed with NSEC can be switched to NSEC3,
+or a zone signed with NSEC3 can be switched to NSEC or to NSEC3 with
+different parameters. Without this option, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP
+retains the existing chain when re\-signing.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x
+This option indicates that BIND 9 should only sign the DNSKEY, CDNSKEY, and CDS RRsets with key\-signing keys,
+and should omit signatures from zone\-signing keys. (This is similar to the
+\fBdnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly yes;\fP zone option in \fI\%named\fP\&.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-z
+This option indicates that BIND 9 should ignore the KSK flag on keys when determining what to sign. This causes
+KSK\-flagged keys to sign all records, not just the DNSKEY RRset.
+(This is similar to the \fBupdate\-check\-ksk no;\fP zone option in
+\fI\%named\fP\&.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-3 salt
+This option generates an NSEC3 chain with the given hex\-encoded salt. A dash
+(\-) can be used to indicate that no salt is to be used when
+generating the NSEC3 chain.
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+\fB\-3 \-\fP is the recommended configuration. Adding salt provides no practical benefits.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-H iterations
+This option indicates that, when generating an NSEC3 chain, BIND 9 should use this many iterations. The default
+is 0.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Values greater than 0 cause interoperability issues and also increase the risk of CPU\-exhausting DoS attacks.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A
+This option indicates that, when generating an NSEC3 chain, BIND 9 should set the OPTOUT flag on all NSEC3
+records and should not generate NSEC3 records for insecure delegations.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Do not use this option unless all its implications are fully understood. This option is intended only for extremely large zones (comparable to \fBcom.\fP) with sparse secure delegations.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-AA
+This option turns the OPTOUT flag off for
+all records. This is useful when using the \fI\%\-u\fP option to modify an
+NSEC3 chain which previously had OPTOUT set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B zonefile
+This option sets the file containing the zone to be signed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B key
+This option specifies which keys should be used to sign the zone. If no keys are
+specified, the zone is examined for DNSKEY records at the
+zone apex. If these records are found and there are matching private keys in
+the current directory, they are used for signing.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+The following command signs the \fBexample.com\fP zone with the
+ECDSAP256SHA256 key generated by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP
+(Kexample.com.+013+17247). Because the \fI\%\-S\fP option is not being used,
+the zone\(aqs keys must be in the master file (\fBdb.example.com\fP). This
+invocation looks for \fBdsset\fP files in the current directory, so that
+DS records can be imported from them (\fI\%\-g\fP).
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+% dnssec\-signzone \-g \-o example.com db.example.com \e
+Kexample.com.+013+17247
+db.example.com.signed
+%
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+In the above example, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP creates the file
+\fBdb.example.com.signed\fP\&. This file should be referenced in a zone
+statement in the \fI\%named.conf\fP file.
+.sp
+This example re\-signs a previously signed zone with default parameters.
+The private keys are assumed to be in the current directory.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+% cp db.example.com.signed db.example.com
+% dnssec\-signzone \-o example.com db.example.com
+db.example.com.signed
+%
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 4033\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 4641\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b95e04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-signzone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-verify.1in b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baccdf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-VERIFY" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-verify \- DNSSEC zone verification tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-verify\fP [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-I\fP input\-format] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-z\fP] {zonefile}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-verify\fP verifies that a zone is fully signed for each
+algorithm found in the DNSKEY RRset for the zone, and that the
+NSEC/NSEC3 chains are complete.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-I input\-format
+This option sets the format of the input zone file. Possible formats are \fBtext\fP
+(the default) and \fBraw\fP\&. This option is primarily intended to be used
+for dynamic signed zones, so that the dumped zone file in a non\-text
+format containing updates can be verified independently.
+This option is not useful for non\-dynamic zones.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o origin
+This option indicates the zone origin. If not specified, the name of the zone file is
+assumed to be the origin.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v level
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option sets quiet mode, which suppresses output.  Without this option, when \fBdnssec\-verify\fP
+is run it prints to standard output the number of keys in use, the
+algorithms used to verify the zone was signed correctly, and other status
+information.  With this option, all non\-error output is suppressed, and only the exit
+code indicates success.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x
+This option verifies only that the DNSKEY RRset is signed with key\-signing keys.
+Without this flag, it is assumed that the DNSKEY RRset is signed
+by all active keys. When this flag is set, it is not an error if
+the DNSKEY RRset is not signed by zone\-signing keys. This corresponds
+to the \fI\%\-x option in dnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-z
+This option indicates that the KSK flag on the keys should be ignored when determining whether the zone is
+correctly signed. Without this flag, it is assumed that there is
+a non\-revoked, self\-signed DNSKEY with the KSK flag set for each
+algorithm, and that RRsets other than DNSKEY RRset are signed with
+a different DNSKEY without the KSK flag set.
+.sp
+With this flag set, BIND 9 only requires that for each algorithm, there
+be at least one non\-revoked, self\-signed DNSKEY, regardless of
+the KSK flag state, and that other RRsets be signed by a
+non\-revoked key for the same algorithm that includes the self\-signed
+key; the same key may be used for both purposes. This corresponds to
+the \fI\%\-z option in dnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B zonefile
+This option indicates the file containing the zone to be signed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 4033\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c565fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-verify.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in b/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e122c34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSTAP-READ" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnstap-read \- print dnstap data in human-readable form
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnstap\-read\fP [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-y\fP] {file}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnstap\-read\fP reads \fBdnstap\fP data from a specified file and prints
+it in a human\-readable format. By default, \fBdnstap\fP data is printed in
+a short summary format, but if the \fI\%\-y\fP option is specified, a
+longer and more detailed YAML format is used.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m
+This option indicates trace memory allocations, and is used for debugging memory leaks.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p
+This option prints the text form of the DNS
+message that was encapsulated in the \fBdnstap\fP frame, after printing the \fBdnstap\fP data.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x
+This option prints a hex dump of the wire form
+of the DNS message that was encapsulated in the \fBdnstap\fP frame, after printing the \fBdnstap\fP data.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-y
+This option prints \fBdnstap\fP data in a detailed YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst b/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b60739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/dnstap-read.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-a.8in b/doc/man/filter-a.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c67ae70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-a.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "FILTER-A" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+filter-a \- filter A in DNS responses when AAAA is present
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBplugin query\fP \(dqfilter\-a.so\(dq [{ parameters }];
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBfilter\-a.so\fP is a query plugin module for \fI\%named\fP, enabling
+\fI\%named\fP to omit some IPv4 addresses when responding to clients.
+.sp
+For example:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+plugin query \(dqfilter\-a.so\(dq {
+        filter\-a\-on\-v6 yes;
+        filter\-a\-on\-v4 yes;
+        filter\-a { 192.0.2.1; 2001:db8:2::1; };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+This module is intended to aid transition from IPv4 to IPv6 by
+withholding IPv4 addresses from DNS clients which are not connected to
+the IPv4 Internet, when the name being looked up has an IPv6 address
+available. Use of this module is not recommended unless absolutely
+necessary.
+.sp
+Note: This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give
+A records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and
+IPv4 network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv6, it is denied A records even if its client is
+using IPv4.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-a\fP
+This option specifies a list of client addresses for which A filtering is to
+be applied. The default is \fBany\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-a\-on\-v6\fP
+If set to \fByes\fP, this option indicates that the DNS client is at an IPv6 address, in
+\fBfilter\-a\fP\&. If the response does not include DNSSEC
+signatures, then all A records are deleted from the response. This
+filtering applies to all responses, not only authoritative
+ones.
+.sp
+If set to \fBbreak\-dnssec\fP, then A records are deleted even when
+DNSSEC is enabled. As suggested by the name, this causes the response
+to fail to verify, because the DNSSEC protocol is designed to detect
+deletions.
+.sp
+This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give A
+records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and IPv4
+network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv6, it is denied A records even if its client is
+using IPv4.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-a\-on\-v4\fP
+This option is identical to \fBfilter\-a\-on\-v6\fP, except that it filters A responses
+to queries from IPv4 clients instead of IPv6 clients. To filter all
+responses, set both options to \fByes\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-a.rst b/doc/man/filter-a.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-a.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/plugins/filter-a.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad6269a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "FILTER-AAAA" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+filter-aaaa \- filter AAAA in DNS responses when A is present
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBplugin query\fP \(dqfilter\-aaaa.so\(dq [{ parameters }];
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBfilter\-aaaa.so\fP is a query plugin module for \fI\%named\fP, enabling
+\fI\%named\fP to omit some IPv6 addresses when responding to clients.
+.sp
+Until BIND 9.12, this feature was implemented natively in \fI\%named\fP and
+enabled with the \fBfilter\-aaaa\fP ACL and the \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP and
+\fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v6\fP options. These options are now deprecated in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP but can be passed as parameters to the
+\fBfilter\-aaaa.so\fP plugin, for example:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+plugin query \(dqfilter\-aaaa.so\(dq {
+        filter\-aaaa\-on\-v4 yes;
+        filter\-aaaa\-on\-v6 yes;
+        filter\-aaaa { 192.0.2.1; 2001:db8:2::1; };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+This module is intended to aid transition from IPv4 to IPv6 by
+withholding IPv6 addresses from DNS clients which are not connected to
+the IPv6 Internet, when the name being looked up has an IPv4 address
+available. Use of this module is not recommended unless absolutely
+necessary.
+.sp
+Note: This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give
+AAAA records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and
+IPv4 network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv4, it is denied AAAA records even if its client is
+using IPv6.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\fP
+This option specifies a list of client addresses for which AAAA filtering is to
+be applied. The default is \fBany\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP
+If set to \fByes\fP, this option indicates that the DNS client is at an IPv4 address, in
+\fBfilter\-aaaa\fP\&. If the response does not include DNSSEC
+signatures, then all AAAA records are deleted from the response. This
+filtering applies to all responses, not only authoritative
+ones.
+.sp
+If set to \fBbreak\-dnssec\fP, then AAAA records are deleted even when
+DNSSEC is enabled. As suggested by the name, this causes the response
+to fail to verify, because the DNSSEC protocol is designed to detect
+deletions.
+.sp
+This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give AAAA
+records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and IPv4
+network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv4, it is denied AAAA records even if its client is
+using IPv6.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v6\fP
+This option is identical to \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP, except that it filters AAAA responses
+to queries from IPv6 clients instead of IPv4 clients. To filter all
+responses, set both options to \fByes\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ad0521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/plugins/filter-aaaa.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/host.1in b/doc/man/host.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c261da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/host.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "HOST" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+host \- DNS lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBhost\fP [\fB\-aACdlnrsTUwv\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-N\fP ndots] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-R\fP number] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-W\fP wait] [\fB\-m\fP flag] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] {name} [server]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBhost\fP is a simple utility for performing DNS lookups. It is normally
+used to convert names to IP addresses and vice versa. When no arguments
+or options are given, \fBhost\fP prints a short summary of its
+command\-line arguments and options.
+.sp
+\fBname\fP is the domain name that is to be looked up. It can also be a
+dotted\-decimal IPv4 address or a colon\-delimited IPv6 address, in which
+case \fBhost\fP by default performs a reverse lookup for that address.
+\fBserver\fP is an optional argument which is either the name or IP
+address of the name server that \fBhost\fP should query instead of the
+server or servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option specifies that only IPv4 should be used for query transport. See also the \fI\%\-6\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option specifies that only IPv6 should be used for query transport. See also the \fI\%\-4\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a
+The \fI\%\-a\fP (\(dqall\(dq) option is normally equivalent to \fI\%\-v\fP \fI\%\-t ANY\fP\&. It
+also affects the behavior of the \fI\%\-l\fP list zone option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A
+The \fI\%\-A\fP (\(dqalmost all\(dq) option is equivalent to \fI\%\-a\fP, except that RRSIG,
+NSEC, and NSEC3 records are omitted from the output.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the query class, which can be used to lookup HS (Hesiod) or CH (Chaosnet)
+class resource records. The default class is IN (Internet).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option indicates that \fI\%named\fP should check consistency, meaning that \fBhost\fP queries the SOA records for zone
+\fBname\fP from all the listed authoritative name servers for that
+zone. The list of name servers is defined by the NS records that are
+found for the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+This option prints debugging traces, and is equivalent to the \fI\%\-v\fP verbose option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l
+This option tells \fI\%named\fP to list the zone, meaning the \fBhost\fP command performs a zone transfer of zone
+\fBname\fP and prints out the NS, PTR, and address records (A/AAAA).
+.sp
+Together, the \fI\%\-l\fP \fI\%\-a\fP options print all records in the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-N ndots
+This option specifies the number of dots (\fBndots\fP) that have to be in \fBname\fP for it to be
+considered absolute. The default value is that defined using the
+\fBndots\fP statement in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, or 1 if no \fBndots\fP statement
+is present. Names with fewer dots are interpreted as relative names,
+and are searched for in the domains listed in the \fBsearch\fP or
+\fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port
+This option specifies the port to query on the server. The default is 53.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r
+This option specifies a non\-recursive query; setting this option clears the RD (recursion
+desired) bit in the query. This means that the name server
+receiving the query does not attempt to resolve \fBname\fP\&. The \fI\%\-r\fP
+option enables \fBhost\fP to mimic the behavior of a name server by
+making non\-recursive queries, and expecting to receive answers to
+those queries that can be referrals to other name servers.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-R number
+This option specifies the number of retries for UDP queries. If \fBnumber\fP is negative or zero,
+the number of retries is silently set to 1. The default value is 1, or
+the value of the \fBattempts\fP option in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, if set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s
+This option tells \fI\%named\fP \fInot\fP to send the query to the next nameserver if any server responds
+with a SERVFAIL response, which is the reverse of normal stub
+resolver behavior.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option specifies the query type. The \fBtype\fP argument can be any recognized query type:
+CNAME, NS, SOA, TXT, DNSKEY, AXFR, etc.
+.sp
+When no query type is specified, \fBhost\fP automatically selects an
+appropriate query type. By default, it looks for A, AAAA, and MX
+records. If the \fI\%\-C\fP option is given, queries are made for SOA
+records. If \fBname\fP is a dotted\-decimal IPv4 address or
+colon\-delimited IPv6 address, \fBhost\fP queries for PTR records.
+.sp
+If a query type of IXFR is chosen, the starting serial number can be
+specified by appending an equals sign (=), followed by the starting serial
+number, e.g., \fI\%\-t IXFR=12345678\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T, \-U
+This option specifies TCP or UDP. By default, \fBhost\fP uses UDP when making queries; the
+\fI\%\-T\fP option makes it use a TCP connection when querying the name
+server. TCP is automatically selected for queries that require
+it, such as zone transfer (AXFR) requests. Type \fBANY\fP queries default
+to TCP, but can be forced to use UDP initially via \fI\%\-U\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m flag
+This option sets memory usage debugging: the flag can be \fBrecord\fP, \fBusage\fP, or
+\fBtrace\fP\&. The \fI\%\-m\fP option can be specified more than once to set
+multiple flags.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option sets verbose output, and is equivalent to the \fI\%\-d\fP debug option. Verbose output
+can also be enabled by setting the \fBdebug\fP option in
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-w
+This option sets \(dqwait forever\(dq: the query timeout is set to the maximum possible. See
+also the \fI\%\-W\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-W wait
+This options sets the length of the wait timeout, indicating that \fI\%named\fP should wait for up to \fBwait\fP seconds for a reply. If \fBwait\fP is
+less than 1, the wait interval is set to 1 second.
+.sp
+By default, \fBhost\fP waits for 5 seconds for UDP responses and 10
+seconds for TCP connections. These defaults can be overridden by the
+\fBtimeout\fP option in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also the \fI\%\-w\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBhost\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBhost\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP
+environment variable. IDN support is disabled if the variable is set
+when \fBhost\fP runs.
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dig(1)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/host.rst b/doc/man/host.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..690243d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/host.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/host.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/index.rst b/doc/man/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35fd8d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
diff --git a/doc/man/mdig.1in b/doc/man/mdig.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3b6a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/mdig.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "MDIG" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+mdig \- DNS pipelined lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP \fI\%{@server\fP} [\fB\-f\fP filename] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [plusopt...]
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP {\fB\-h\fP}
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP [@server] {global\-opt...} { {local\-opt...} {query} ...}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP is a multiple/pipelined query version of \fI\%dig\fP: instead of
+waiting for a response after sending each query, it begins by sending
+all queries. Responses are displayed in the order in which they are
+received, not in the order the corresponding queries were sent.
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP options are a subset of the \fI\%dig\fP options, and are divided
+into \(dqanywhere options,\(dq which can occur anywhere, \(dqglobal options,\(dq which
+must occur before the query name (or they are ignored with a warning),
+and \(dqlocal options,\(dq which apply to the next query on the command line.
+.sp
+The \fB@server\fP option is a mandatory global option. It is the name or IP
+address of the name server to query. (Unlike \fI\%dig\fP, this value is not
+retrieved from \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.) It can be an IPv4 address in
+dotted\-decimal notation, an IPv6 address in colon\-delimited notation, or
+a hostname. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a hostname,
+\fBmdig\fP resolves that name before querying the name server.
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way in
+which lookups are made and the results displayed. Some of these set or
+reset flag bits in the query header, some determine which sections of
+the answer get printed, and others determine the timeout and retry
+strategies.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option. These may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&.
+.SH ANYWHERE OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f
+This option makes \fBmdig\fP operate in batch mode by reading a list
+of lookup requests to process from the file \fBfilename\fP\&. The file
+contains a number of queries, one per line. Each entry in the file
+should be organized in the same way they would be presented as queries
+to \fBmdig\fP using the command\-line interface.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option causes \fBmdig\fP to print detailed help information, with the full list
+of options, and exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option causes \fBmdig\fP to print the version number and exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GLOBAL OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option forces \fBmdig\fP to only use IPv4 query transport.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option forces \fBmdig\fP to only use IPv6 query transport.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b address
+This option sets the source IP address of the query to
+\fBaddress\fP\&. This must be a valid address on one of the host\(aqs network
+interfaces or \(dq0.0.0.0\(dq or \(dq::\(dq. An optional port may be specified by
+appending \(dq#<port>\(dq
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port#
+This option is used when a non\-standard port number is to be
+queried. \fBport#\fP is the port number that \fBmdig\fP sends its
+queries to, instead of the standard DNS port number 53. This option is
+used to test a name server that has been configured to listen for
+queries on a non\-standard port number.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The global query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +additional, +noadditional
+This option displays [or does not display] the additional section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +all, +noall
+This option sets or clears all display flags.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +answer, +noanswer
+This option displays [or does not display] the answer section of a reply. The default
+is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +authority, +noauthority
+This option displays [or does not display] the authority section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +besteffort, +nobesteffort
+This option attempts to display [or does not display] the contents of messages which are malformed. The
+default is to not display malformed answers.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +burst
+This option delays queries until the start of the next second.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cl, +nocl
+This option displays [or does not display] the CLASS when printing the record.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +comments, +nocomments
+This option toggles the display of comment lines in the output. The default is to
+print comments.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +continue, +nocontinue
+This option toggles continuation on errors (e.g. timeouts).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +crypto, +nocrypto
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary to debug most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \(dq[omitted]\(dq; in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g., \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dscp=value
+This option formerly set the DSCP value used when sending a query.
+It is now obsolete, and has no effect.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +multiline, +nomultiline
+This option toggles printing of records, like the SOA records, in a verbose multi\-line format
+with human\-readable comments. The default is to print each record on
+a single line, to facilitate machine parsing of the \fBmdig\fP output.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +question, +noquestion
+This option prints [or does not print] the question section of a query when an answer
+is returned. The default is to print the question section as a
+comment.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +rrcomments, +norrcomments
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+not to print record comments unless multiline mode is active.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +short, +noshort
+This option provides [or does not provide] a terse answer. The default is to print the answer in a
+verbose form.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +split=W
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tcp, +notcp
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. The default behavior
+is to use UDP.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ttlid, +nottlid
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL when printing the record.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ttlunits, +nottlunits
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL in friendly human\-readable time
+units of \(dqs\(dq, \(dqm\(dq, \(dqh\(dq, \(dqd\(dq, and \(dqw\(dq, representing seconds, minutes,
+hours, days, and weeks. This implies +ttlid.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +vc, +novc
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. This alternate
+syntax to \fI\%+tcp\fP is provided for backwards compatibility. The
+\fBvc\fP stands for \(dqvirtual circuit\(dq.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH LOCAL OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option sets the query class to \fBclass\fP\&. It can be any valid
+query class which is supported in BIND 9. The default query class is
+\(dqIN\(dq.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t type
+This option sets the query type to \fBtype\fP\&. It can be any valid
+query type which is supported in BIND 9. The default query type is \(dqA\(dq,
+unless the \fI\%\-x\fP option is supplied to indicate a reverse lookup with
+the \(dqPTR\(dq query type.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x addr
+Reverse lookups \- mapping addresses to names \- are simplified by
+this option. \fBaddr\fP is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal
+notation, or a colon\-delimited IPv6 address. \fBmdig\fP automatically
+performs a lookup for a query name like \fB11.12.13.10.in\-addr.arpa\fP and
+sets the query type and class to PTR and IN respectively. By default,
+IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format under the IP6.ARPA
+domain.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The local query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +aaflag, +noaaflag
+This is a synonym for \fI\%+aaonly\fP, \fI\%+noaaonly\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +aaonly, +noaaonly
+This sets the \fBaa\fP flag in the query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +adflag, +noadflag
+This sets [or does not set] the AD (authentic data) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to return whether all of the answer and authority
+sections have all been validated as secure, according to the security
+policy of the server. AD=1 indicates that all records have been
+validated as secure and the answer is not from a OPT\-OUT range. AD=0
+indicates that some part of the answer was insecure or not validated.
+This bit is set by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +bufsize=B
+This sets the UDP message buffer size advertised using EDNS0 to \fBB\fP
+bytes. The maximum and minimum sizes of this buffer are 65535 and 0
+respectively. Values outside this range are rounded up or down
+appropriately. Values other than zero cause a EDNS query to be
+sent.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cdflag, +nocdflag
+This sets [or does not set] the CD (checking disabled) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to not perform DNSSEC validation of responses.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +cookie=####, +nocookie
+This sends [or does not send] a COOKIE EDNS option, with an optional value. Replaying a COOKIE
+from a previous response allows the server to identify a previous
+client. The default is \fB+nocookie\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +dnssec, +nodnssec
+This requests that DNSSEC records be sent by setting the DNSSEC OK (DO) bit in
+the OPT record in the additional section of the query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +edns[=#], +noedns
+This specifies [or does not specify] the EDNS version to query with. Valid values are 0 to 255.
+Setting the EDNS version causes an EDNS query to be sent.
+\fB+noedns\fP clears the remembered EDNS version. EDNS is set to 0 by
+default.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ednsflags[=#], +noednsflags
+This sets the must\-be\-zero EDNS flag bits (Z bits) to the specified value.
+Decimal, hex, and octal encodings are accepted. Setting a named flag
+(e.g. DO) is silently ignored. By default, no Z bits are set.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +ednsopt[=code[:value]], +noednsopt
+This specifies [or does not specify] an EDNS option with code point \fBcode\fP and an optional payload
+of \fBvalue\fP as a hexadecimal string. \fB+noednsopt\fP clears the EDNS
+options to be sent.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +expire, +noexpire
+This toggles sending of an EDNS Expire option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +nsid, +nonsid
+This toggles inclusion of an EDNS name server ID request when sending a query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +recurse, +norecurse
+This toggles the setting of the RD (recursion desired) bit in the query.
+This bit is set by default, which means \fBmdig\fP normally sends
+recursive queries.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +retry=T
+This sets the number of times to retry UDP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 2. Unlike \fI\%+tries\fP, this does not include
+the initial query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +subnet=addr[/prefix\-length], +nosubnet
+This sends [or does not send] an EDNS Client Subnet option with the specified IP
+address or network prefix.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBmdig +subnet=0.0.0.0/0\fP, or simply \fBmdig +subnet=0\fP
+This sends an EDNS client\-subnet option with an empty address and a source
+prefix\-length of zero, which signals a resolver that the client\(aqs
+address information must \fInot\fP be used when resolving this query.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +timeout=T
+This sets the timeout for a query to \fBT\fP seconds. The default timeout is
+5 seconds for UDP transport and 10 for TCP. An attempt to set \fBT\fP
+to less than 1 results in a query timeout of 1 second being
+applied.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +tries=T
+This sets the number of times to try UDP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 3. If \fBT\fP is less than or equal to zero,
+the number of tries is silently rounded up to 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +udptimeout=T
+This sets the timeout between UDP query retries to \fBT\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +unknownformat, +nounknownformat
+This prints [or does not print] all RDATA in unknown RR\-type presentation format (see \fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +yaml, +noyaml
+This toggles printing of the responses in a detailed YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B +zflag, +nozflag
+This sets [or does not set] the last unassigned DNS header flag in a DNS query.
+This flag is off by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dig(1)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/mdig.rst b/doc/man/mdig.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..351d17f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/mdig.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/mdig.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkconf.1in b/doc/man/named-checkconf.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7e1e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkconf.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-CHECKCONF" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-checkconf \- named configuration file syntax checking tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP [\fB\-chjlvz\fP] [\fB\-p\fP [\fB\-x\fP ]] [\fB\-t\fP directory] {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP checks the syntax, but not the semantics, of a
+\fI\%named\fP configuration file. The file, along with all files included by it, is parsed and checked for syntax
+errors. If no file is specified,
+\fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP is read by default.
+.sp
+Note: files that \fI\%named\fP reads in separate parser contexts, such as
+\fBrndc.key\fP and \fBbind.keys\fP, are not automatically read by
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP\&. Configuration errors in these files may cause
+\fI\%named\fP to fail to run, even if \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP was successful.
+However, \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP can be run on these files explicitly.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-j
+When loading a zonefile, this option instructs \fI\%named\fP to read the journal if it exists.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l
+This option lists all the configured zones. Each line of output contains the zone
+name, class (e.g. IN), view, and type (e.g. primary or secondary).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c
+This option specifies that only the \(dqcore\(dq configuration should be checked. This suppresses the loading of
+plugin modules, and causes all parameters to \fBplugin\fP statements to
+be ignored.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i
+This option ignores warnings on deprecated options.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p
+This option prints out the \fI\%named.conf\fP and included files in canonical form if
+no errors were detected. See also the \fI\%\-x\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t directory
+This option instructs \fI\%named\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fI\%named\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option prints the version of the \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP program and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-x
+When printing the configuration files in canonical form, this option obscures
+shared secrets by replacing them with strings of question marks
+(\fB?\fP). This allows the contents of \fI\%named.conf\fP and related files
+to be shared \- for example, when submitting bug reports \-
+without compromising private data. This option cannot be used without
+\fI\%\-p\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-z
+This option performs a test load of all zones of type \fBprimary\fP found in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B filename
+This indicates the name of the configuration file to be checked. If not specified,
+it defaults to \fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst b/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a120b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-checkconf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkzone.1in b/doc/man/named-checkzone.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2f50d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkzone.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-CHECKZONE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-checkzone \- zone file validity checking or converting tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-j\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP format] [\fB\-F\fP format] [\fB\-J\fP filename] [\fB\-i\fP mode] [\fB\-k\fP mode] [\fB\-m\fP mode] [\fB\-M\fP mode] [\fB\-n\fP mode] [\fB\-l\fP ttl] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-o\fP filename] [\fB\-r\fP mode] [\fB\-s\fP style] [\fB\-S\fP mode] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-T\fP mode] [\fB\-w\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-W\fP mode] {zonename} {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP checks the syntax and integrity of a zone file. It
+performs the same checks as \fI\%named\fP does when loading a zone. This
+makes \fBnamed\-checkzone\fP useful for checking zone files before
+configuring them into a name server.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+This option enables debugging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option sets quiet mode, which only sets an exit code to indicate
+successful or failed completion.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option prints the version of the \fBnamed\-checkzone\fP program and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-j
+When loading a zone file, this option tells \fI\%named\fP to read the journal if it exists. The journal
+file name is assumed to be the zone file name with the
+string \fB\&.jnl\fP appended.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-J filename
+When loading the zone file, this option tells \fI\%named\fP to read the journal from the given file, if
+it exists. This implies \fI\%\-j\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the class of the zone. If not specified, \fBIN\fP is assumed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i mode
+This option performs post\-load zone integrity checks. Possible modes are
+\fBfull\fP (the default), \fBfull\-sibling\fP, \fBlocal\fP,
+\fBlocal\-sibling\fP, and \fBnone\fP\&.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that MX records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks MX records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that SRV records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks SRV records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that delegation NS records refer to A or AAAA
+records (both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). It also checks that
+glue address records in the zone match those advertised by the child.
+Mode \fBlocal\fP only checks NS records which refer to in\-zone
+hostnames or verifies that some required glue exists, i.e., when the
+name server is in a child zone.
+.sp
+Modes \fBfull\-sibling\fP and \fBlocal\-sibling\fP disable sibling glue
+checks, but are otherwise the same as \fBfull\fP and \fBlocal\fP,
+respectively.
+.sp
+Mode \fBnone\fP disables the checks.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f format
+This option specifies the format of the zone file. Possible formats are
+\fBtext\fP (the default), and \fBraw\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-F format
+This option specifies the format of the output file specified. For
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP, this does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents.
+.sp
+Possible formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard
+textual representation of the zone, and \fBraw\fP and \fBraw=N\fP, which
+store the zone in a binary format for rapid loading by \fI\%named\fP\&.
+\fBraw=N\fP specifies the format version of the raw zone file: if \fBN\fP is
+0, the raw file can be read by any version of \fI\%named\fP; if N is 1, the
+file can only be read by release 9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k mode
+This option performs \fBcheck\-names\fP checks with the specified failure mode.
+Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l ttl
+This option sets a maximum permissible TTL for the input file. Any record with a
+TTL higher than this value causes the zone to be rejected. This
+is similar to using the \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP option in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L serial
+When compiling a zone to \fBraw\fP format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified serial number. This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m mode
+This option specifies whether MX records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-M mode
+This option checks whether a MX record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n mode
+This option specifies whether NS records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o filename
+This option writes the zone output to \fBfilename\fP\&. If \fBfilename\fP is \fB\-\fP, then
+the zone output is written to standard output.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r mode
+This option checks for records that are treated as different by DNSSEC but are
+semantically equal in plain DNS. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP,
+\fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s style
+This option specifies the style of the dumped zone file. Possible styles are
+\fBfull\fP (the default) and \fBrelative\fP\&. The \fBfull\fP format is most
+suitable for processing automatically by a separate script.
+The relative format is more human\-readable and is thus
+suitable for editing by hand. This does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents. It also does not have any meaning if the output format
+is not text.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S mode
+This option checks whether an SRV record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t directory
+This option tells \fI\%named\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fI\%named\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T mode
+This option checks whether Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records exist and issues a
+warning if an SPF\-formatted TXT record is not also present. Possible
+modes are \fBwarn\fP (the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-w directory
+This option instructs \fI\%named\fP to chdir to \fBdirectory\fP, so that relative filenames in master file
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP directives work. This is similar to the directory clause in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option dumps the zone file in canonical format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-W mode
+This option specifies whether to check for non\-terminal wildcards. Non\-terminal
+wildcards are almost always the result of a failure to understand the
+wildcard matching algorithm (\fI\%RFC 4592\fP). Possible modes are \fBwarn\fP
+(the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B zonename
+This indicates the domain name of the zone being checked.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B filename
+This is the name of the zone file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-compilezone(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst b/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d2a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-checkzone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-compilezone.1in b/doc/man/named-compilezone.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47842ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-compilezone.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-COMPILEZONE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-compilezone \- zone file validity checking or converting tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-j\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP format] [\fB\-F\fP format] [\fB\-J\fP filename] [\fB\-i\fP mode] [\fB\-k\fP mode] [\fB\-m\fP mode] [\fB\-M\fP mode] [\fB\-n\fP mode] [\fB\-l\fP ttl] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-r\fP mode] [\fB\-s\fP style] [\fB\-S\fP mode] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-T\fP mode] [\fB\-w\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-W\fP mode] {\fB\-o\fP filename} {zonename} {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP checks the syntax and integrity of a zone file,
+and dumps the zone contents to a specified file in a specified format.
+It applies strict check levels by default, since the
+dump output is used as an actual zone file loaded by \fI\%named\fP\&.
+When manually specified otherwise, the check levels must at least be as
+strict as those specified in the \fI\%named\fP configuration file.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+This option enables debugging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option sets quiet mode, which only sets an exit code to indicate
+successful or failed completion.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option prints the version of the \fI\%named\-checkzone\fP program and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-j
+When loading a zone file, this option tells \fI\%named\fP to read the journal if it exists. The journal
+file name is assumed to be the zone file name with the
+string \fB\&.jnl\fP appended.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-J filename
+When loading the zone file, this option tells \fI\%named\fP to read the journal from the given file, if
+it exists. This implies \fI\%\-j\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c class
+This option specifies the class of the zone. If not specified, \fBIN\fP is assumed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i mode
+This option performs post\-load zone integrity checks. Possible modes are
+\fBfull\fP (the default), \fBfull\-sibling\fP, \fBlocal\fP,
+\fBlocal\-sibling\fP, and \fBnone\fP\&.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that MX records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks MX records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that SRV records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks SRV records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that delegation NS records refer to A or AAAA
+records (both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). It also checks that
+glue address records in the zone match those advertised by the child.
+Mode \fBlocal\fP only checks NS records which refer to in\-zone
+hostnames or verifies that some required glue exists, i.e., when the
+name server is in a child zone.
+.sp
+Modes \fBfull\-sibling\fP and \fBlocal\-sibling\fP disable sibling glue
+checks, but are otherwise the same as \fBfull\fP and \fBlocal\fP,
+respectively.
+.sp
+Mode \fBnone\fP disables the checks.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f format
+This option specifies the format of the zone file. Possible formats are
+\fBtext\fP (the default), and \fBraw\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-F format
+This option specifies the format of the output file specified. For
+\fI\%named\-checkzone\fP, this does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents.
+.sp
+Possible formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard
+textual representation of the zone, and \fBraw\fP and \fBraw=N\fP, which
+store the zone in a binary format for rapid loading by \fI\%named\fP\&.
+\fBraw=N\fP specifies the format version of the raw zone file: if \fBN\fP is
+0, the raw file can be read by any version of \fI\%named\fP; if N is 1, the
+file can only be read by release 9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k mode
+This option performs \fBcheck\-names\fP checks with the specified failure mode.
+Possible modes are \fBfail\fP (the default), \fBwarn\fP, and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l ttl
+This option sets a maximum permissible TTL for the input file. Any record with a
+TTL higher than this value causes the zone to be rejected. This
+is similar to using the \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP option in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L serial
+When compiling a zone to \fBraw\fP format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified serial number. This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m mode
+This option specifies whether MX records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-M mode
+This option checks whether a MX record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n mode
+This option specifies whether NS records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP (the default), \fBwarn\fP,  and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o filename
+This option writes the zone output to \fBfilename\fP\&. If \fBfilename\fP is \fB\-\fP, then
+the zone output is written to standard output. This is mandatory for \fBnamed\-compilezone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r mode
+This option checks for records that are treated as different by DNSSEC but are
+semantically equal in plain DNS. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP,
+\fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s style
+This option specifies the style of the dumped zone file. Possible styles are
+\fBfull\fP (the default) and \fBrelative\fP\&. The \fBfull\fP format is most
+suitable for processing automatically by a separate script.
+The relative format is more human\-readable and is thus
+suitable for editing by hand.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S mode
+This option checks whether an SRV record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t directory
+This option tells \fI\%named\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fI\%named\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T mode
+This option checks whether Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records exist and issues a
+warning if an SPF\-formatted TXT record is not also present. Possible
+modes are \fBwarn\fP (the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-w directory
+This option instructs \fI\%named\fP to chdir to \fBdirectory\fP, so that relative filenames in master file
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP directives work. This is similar to the directory clause in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option dumps the zone file in canonical format. This is always enabled for
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-W mode
+This option specifies whether to check for non\-terminal wildcards. Non\-terminal
+wildcards are almost always the result of a failure to understand the
+wildcard matching algorithm (\fI\%RFC 4592\fP). Possible modes are \fBwarn\fP
+(the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B zonename
+This indicates the domain name of the zone being checked.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B filename
+This is the name of the zone file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkzone(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP,
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst b/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d3cae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-compilezone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-journalprint.1in b/doc/man/named-journalprint.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14b9e6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-journalprint.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-JOURNALPRINT" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-journalprint \- print zone journal in human-readable form
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP [\-c serial] [\fB\-dux\fP] {journal}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP scans the contents of a zone journal file,
+printing it in a human\-readable form, or, optionally, converting it
+to a different journal file format.
+.sp
+Journal files are automatically created by \fI\%named\fP when changes are
+made to dynamic zones (e.g., by \fI\%nsupdate\fP). They record each addition
+or deletion of a resource record, in binary format, allowing the changes
+to be re\-applied to the zone when the server is restarted after a
+shutdown or crash. By default, the name of the journal file is formed by
+appending the extension \fB\&.jnl\fP to the name of the corresponding zone
+file.
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP converts the contents of a given journal file
+into a human\-readable text format. Each line begins with \fBadd\fP or \fBdel\fP,
+to indicate whether the record was added or deleted, and continues with
+the resource record in master\-file format.
+.sp
+The \fB\-c\fP (compact) option provides a mechanism to reduce the size of
+a journal by removing (most/all) transactions prior to the specified
+serial number. Note: this option \fImust not\fP be used while \fI\%named\fP is
+running, and can cause data loss if the zone file has not been updated
+to contain the data being removed from the journal. Use with extreme caution.
+.sp
+The \fB\-x\fP option causes additional data about the journal file to be
+printed at the beginning of the output and before each group of changes.
+.sp
+The \fB\-u\fP (upgrade) and \fB\-d\fP (downgrade) options recreate the journal
+file with a modified format version.  The existing journal file is
+replaced.  \fB\-d\fP writes out the journal in the format used by
+versions of BIND up to 9.16.11; \fB\-u\fP writes it out in the format used
+by versions since 9.16.13. (9.16.12 is omitted due to a journal\-formatting
+bug in that release.) Note that these options \fImust not\fP be used while
+\fI\%named\fP is running.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%nsupdate(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst b/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9317f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-journalprint.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.1in b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b39acb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-NZD2NZF" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-nzd2nzf \- convert an NZD database to NZF text format
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-nzd2nzf\fP {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-nzd2nzf\fP converts an NZD database to NZF format and prints it
+to standard output. This can be used to review the configuration of
+zones that were added to \fI\%named\fP via \fI\%rndc addzone\fP\&. It can also be
+used to restore the old file format when rolling back from a newer
+version of BIND to an older version.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B filename
+This is the name of the \fB\&.nzd\fP file whose contents should be printed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10d59e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-nzd2nzf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39196e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-RRCHECKER" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-rrchecker \- syntax checker for individual DNS resource records
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-rrchecker\fP [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-T\fP] [\fB\-P\fP]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-rrchecker\fP reads a individual DNS resource record from standard
+input and checks whether it is syntactically correct.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints out the help menu.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o origin
+This option specifies the origin to be used when interpreting
+the record.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p
+This option prints out the resulting record in canonical form. If there
+is no canonical form defined, the record is printed in unknown
+record format.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u
+This option prints out the resulting record in unknown record form.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C, \-T, \-P
+These options print out the known class, standard type,
+and private type mnemonics, respectively.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff9f82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-rrchecker.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named.8in b/doc/man/named.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b33c7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named \- Internet domain name server
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-c\fP config\-file] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-d\fP debug\-level] [\fB\-D\fP string] [\fB\-E\fP engine\-name] [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-g\fP] [\fB\-L\fP logfile] [\fB\-M\fP option] [\fB\-m\fP flag] [\fB\-n\fP #cpus] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-s\fP] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-U\fP #listeners] [\fB\-u\fP user] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-X\fP lock\-file]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP is a Domain Name System (DNS) server, part of the BIND 9
+distribution from ISC. For more information on the DNS, see \fI\%RFC 1033\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 1034\fP, and \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.sp
+When invoked without arguments, \fBnamed\fP reads the default
+configuration file \fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP, reads any initial data, and
+listens for queries.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use only IPv4, even if the host machine is capable of IPv6. \fI\%\-4\fP and
+\fI\%\-6\fP are mutually exclusive.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use only IPv6, even if the host machine is capable of IPv4. \fI\%\-4\fP and
+\fI\%\-6\fP are mutually exclusive.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c config\-file
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use \fBconfig\-file\fP as its configuration file instead of the default,
+\fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP\&. To ensure that the configuration file
+can be reloaded after the server has changed its working directory
+due to to a possible \fBdirectory\fP option in the configuration file,
+\fBconfig\-file\fP should be an absolute pathname.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+This option prints out the default built\-in configuration and exits.
+.sp
+NOTE: This is for debugging purposes only and is not an
+accurate representation of the actual configuration used by \fI\%named\fP
+at runtime.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d debug\-level
+This option sets the daemon\(aqs debug level to \fBdebug\-level\fP\&. Debugging traces from
+\fBnamed\fP become more verbose as the debug level increases.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D string
+This option specifies a string that is used to identify a instance of \fBnamed\fP
+in a process listing. The contents of \fBstring\fP are not examined.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-E engine\-name
+When applicable, this option specifies the hardware to use for cryptographic
+operations, such as a secure key store used for signing.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-f
+This option runs the server in the foreground (i.e., do not daemonize).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-g
+This option runs the server in the foreground and forces all logging to \fBstderr\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L logfile
+This option sets the log to the file \fBlogfile\fP by default, instead of the system log.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-M option
+This option sets the default (comma\-separated) memory context
+options. The possible flags are:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBfill\fP: fill blocks of memory with tag values when they are
+allocated or freed, to assist debugging of memory problems; this is
+the implicit default if \fBnamed\fP has been compiled with
+\fB\-\-enable\-developer\fP\&.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnofill\fP: disable the behavior enabled by \fBfill\fP; this is the
+implicit default unless \fBnamed\fP has been compiled with
+\fB\-\-enable\-developer\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-m flag
+This option turns on memory usage debugging flags. Possible flags are \fBusage\fP,
+\fBtrace\fP, \fBrecord\fP, \fBsize\fP, and \fBmctx\fP\&. These correspond to the
+\fBISC_MEM_DEBUGXXXX\fP flags described in \fB<isc/mem.h>\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-n #cpus
+This option creates \fB#cpus\fP worker threads to take advantage of multiple CPUs. If
+not specified, \fBnamed\fP tries to determine the number of CPUs
+present and creates one thread per CPU. If it is unable to determine
+the number of CPUs, a single worker thread is created.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p value
+This option specifies the port(s) on which the server will listen
+for queries. If \fBvalue\fP is of the form \fB<portnum>\fP or
+\fBdns=<portnum>\fP, the server will listen for DNS queries on
+\fBportnum\fP; if not not specified, the default is port 53. If
+\fBvalue\fP is of the form \fBtls=<portnum>\fP, the server will
+listen for TLS queries on \fBportnum\fP; the default is 853.
+If \fBvalue\fP is of the form \fBhttps=<portnum>\fP, the server will
+listen for HTTPS queries on \fBportnum\fP; the default is 443.
+If \fBvalue\fP is of the form \fBhttp=<portnum>\fP, the server will
+listen for HTTP queries on \fBportnum\fP; the default is 80.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s
+This option writes memory usage statistics to \fBstdout\fP on exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option is mainly of interest to BIND 9 developers and may be
+removed or changed in a future release.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-S #max\-socks
+This option is deprecated and no longer has any function.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option should be unnecessary for the vast majority of users.
+The use of this option could even be harmful, because the specified
+value may exceed the limitation of the underlying system API. It
+is therefore set only when the default configuration causes
+exhaustion of file descriptors and the operational environment is
+known to support the specified number of sockets. Note also that
+the actual maximum number is normally slightly fewer than the
+specified value, because \fBnamed\fP reserves some file descriptors
+for its internal use.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t directory
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP after processing the command\-line arguments, but
+before reading the configuration file.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option should be used in conjunction with the \fI\%\-u\fP option,
+as chrooting a process running as root doesn\(aqt enhance security on
+most systems; the way \fBchroot\fP is defined allows a process
+with root privileges to escape a chroot jail.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-U #listeners
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP the number of \fB#listeners\fP worker threads to listen on, for incoming UDP packets on
+each address. If not specified, \fBnamed\fP calculates a default
+value based on the number of detected CPUs: 1 for 1 CPU, and the
+number of detected CPUs minus one for machines with more than 1 CPU.
+This cannot be increased to a value higher than the number of CPUs.
+If \fI\%\-n\fP has been set to a higher value than the number of detected
+CPUs, then \fI\%\-U\fP may be increased as high as that value, but no
+higher.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u user
+This option sets the setuid to \fBuser\fP after completing privileged operations, such as
+creating sockets that listen on privileged ports.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+On Linux, \fBnamed\fP uses the kernel\(aqs capability mechanism to drop
+all root privileges except the ability to \fBbind\fP to a
+privileged port and set process resource limits. Unfortunately,
+this means that the \fI\%\-u\fP option only works when \fBnamed\fP is run
+on kernel 2.2.18 or later, or kernel 2.3.99\-pre3 or later, since
+previous kernels did not allow privileges to be retained after
+\fBsetuid\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option reports the version number and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option reports the version number, build options, supported
+cryptographics algorithms, and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-X lock\-file
+This option acquires a lock on the specified file at runtime; this helps to
+prevent duplicate \fBnamed\fP instances from running simultaneously.
+Use of this option overrides the \fBlock\-file\fP option in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&. If set to \fBnone\fP, the lock file check is disabled.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SIGNALS
+.sp
+In routine operation, signals should not be used to control the
+nameserver; \fI\%rndc\fP should be used instead.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B SIGHUP
+This signal forces a reload of the server.
+.TP
+.B SIGINT, SIGTERM
+These signals shut down the server.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The result of sending any other signals to the server is undefined.
+.SH CONFIGURATION
+.sp
+The \fBnamed\fP configuration file is too complex to describe in detail
+here. A complete description is provided in the BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual.
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP inherits the \fBumask\fP (file creation mode mask) from the
+parent process. If files created by \fBnamed\fP, such as journal files,
+need to have custom permissions, the \fBumask\fP should be set explicitly
+in the script used to start the \fBnamed\fP process.
+.SH FILES
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP
+The default configuration file.
+.TP
+.B \fB@runstatedir@/named.pid\fP
+The default process\-id file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 1033\fP, \fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP, \fI\%named\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkzone(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc(8)\fP, \fI\%named.conf(5)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named.conf.5in b/doc/man/named.conf.5in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5619dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.conf.5in
@@ -0,0 +1,1012 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED.CONF" "5" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named.conf \- configuration file for **named**
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed.conf\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed.conf\fP is the configuration file for \fI\%named\fP\&.
+.sp
+For complete documentation about the configuration statements, please refer to
+the Configuration Reference section in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.
+.sp
+Statements are enclosed in braces and terminated with a semi\-colon.
+Clauses in the statements are also semi\-colon terminated. The usual
+comment styles are supported:
+.sp
+C style: /* */
+.sp
+C++ style: // to end of line
+.sp
+Unix style: # to end of line
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+acl <string> { <address_match_element>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+
+controls {
+	inet ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> | * ) [ port ( <integer> | * ) ] allow { <address_match_element>; ... } [ keys { <string>; ... } ] [ read\-only <boolean> ]; // may occur multiple times
+	unix <quoted_string> perm <integer> owner <integer> group <integer> [ keys { <string>; ... } ] [ read\-only <boolean> ]; // may occur multiple times
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+dlz <string> {
+	database <string>;
+	search <boolean>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+dnssec\-policy <string> {
+	dnskey\-ttl <duration>;
+	keys { ( csk | ksk | zsk ) [ ( key\-directory ) ] lifetime <duration_or_unlimited> algorithm <string> [ <integer> ]; ... };
+	max\-zone\-ttl <duration>;
+	nsec3param [ iterations <integer> ] [ optout <boolean> ] [ salt\-length <integer> ];
+	parent\-ds\-ttl <duration>;
+	parent\-propagation\-delay <duration>;
+	parent\-registration\-delay <duration>; // obsolete
+	publish\-safety <duration>;
+	purge\-keys <duration>;
+	retire\-safety <duration>;
+	signatures\-refresh <duration>;
+	signatures\-validity <duration>;
+	signatures\-validity\-dnskey <duration>;
+	zone\-propagation\-delay <duration>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+dyndb <string> <quoted_string> { <unspecified\-text> }; // may occur multiple times
+
+http <string> {
+	endpoints { <quoted_string>; ... };
+	listener\-clients <integer>;
+	streams\-per\-connection <integer>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+key <string> {
+	algorithm <string>;
+	secret <string>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+logging {
+	category <string> { <string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	channel <string> {
+		buffered <boolean>;
+		file <quoted_string> [ versions ( unlimited | <integer> ) ] [ size <size> ] [ suffix ( increment | timestamp ) ];
+		null;
+		print\-category <boolean>;
+		print\-severity <boolean>;
+		print\-time ( iso8601 | iso8601\-utc | local | <boolean> );
+		severity <log_severity>;
+		stderr;
+		syslog [ <syslog_facility> ];
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+};
+
+managed\-keys { <string> ( static\-key | initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds ) <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+
+options {
+	allow\-new\-zones <boolean>;
+	allow\-notify { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-cache { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-cache\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-recursion { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-recursion\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-transfer [ port <integer> ] [ transport <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update\-forwarding { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	also\-notify [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	alt\-transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	answer\-cookie <boolean>;
+	attach\-cache <string>;
+	auth\-nxdomain <boolean>;
+	auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off ); // deprecated
+	automatic\-interface\-scan <boolean>;
+	avoid\-v4\-udp\-ports { <portrange>; ... }; // deprecated
+	avoid\-v6\-udp\-ports { <portrange>; ... }; // deprecated
+	bindkeys\-file <quoted_string>;
+	blackhole { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	catalog\-zones { zone <string> [ default\-primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... } ] [ zone\-directory <quoted_string> ] [ in\-memory <boolean> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ]; ... };
+	check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-integrity <boolean>;
+	check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-names ( primary | master | secondary | slave | response ) ( fail | warn | ignore ); // may occur multiple times
+	check\-sibling <boolean>;
+	check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+	check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-wildcard <boolean>;
+	clients\-per\-query <integer>;
+	cookie\-algorithm ( aes | siphash24 );
+	cookie\-secret <string>; // may occur multiple times
+	coresize ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> ); // deprecated
+	datasize ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> ); // deprecated
+	deny\-answer\-addresses { <address_match_element>; ... } [ except\-from { <string>; ... } ];
+	deny\-answer\-aliases { <string>; ... } [ except\-from { <string>; ... } ];
+	dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | <boolean> ); // deprecated
+	directory <quoted_string>;
+	disable\-algorithms <string> { <string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	disable\-ds\-digests <string> { <string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	disable\-empty\-zone <string>; // may occur multiple times
+	dns64 <netprefix> {
+		break\-dnssec <boolean>;
+		clients { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		exclude { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		mapped { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		recursive\-only <boolean>;
+		suffix <ipv6_address>;
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+	dns64\-contact <string>;
+	dns64\-server <string>;
+	dnskey\-sig\-validity <integer>;
+	dnsrps\-enable <boolean>; // not configured
+	dnsrps\-options { <unspecified\-text> }; // not configured
+	dnssec\-accept\-expired <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval <integer>;
+	dnssec\-must\-be\-secure <string> <boolean>; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+	dnssec\-policy <string>;
+	dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+	dnssec\-validation ( yes | no | auto );
+	dnstap { ( all | auth | client | forwarder | resolver | update ) [ ( query | response ) ]; ... }; // not configured
+	dnstap\-identity ( <quoted_string> | none | hostname ); // not configured
+	dnstap\-output ( file | unix ) <quoted_string> [ size ( unlimited | <size> ) ] [ versions ( unlimited | <integer> ) ] [ suffix ( increment | timestamp ) ]; // not configured
+	dnstap\-version ( <quoted_string> | none ); // not configured
+	dscp <integer>; // obsolete
+	dual\-stack\-servers [ port <integer> ] { ( <quoted_string> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ); ... };
+	dump\-file <quoted_string>;
+	edns\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	empty\-contact <string>;
+	empty\-server <string>;
+	empty\-zones\-enable <boolean>;
+	fetch\-quota\-params <integer> <fixedpoint> <fixedpoint> <fixedpoint>;
+	fetches\-per\-server <integer> [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+	fetches\-per\-zone <integer> [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+	files ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> ); // deprecated
+	flush\-zones\-on\-shutdown <boolean>;
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	fstrm\-set\-buffer\-hint <integer>; // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-flush\-timeout <integer>; // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-input\-queue\-size <integer>; // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-output\-notify\-threshold <integer>; // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-output\-queue\-model ( mpsc | spsc ); // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-output\-queue\-size <integer>; // not configured
+	fstrm\-set\-reopen\-interval <duration>; // not configured
+	geoip\-directory ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	glue\-cache <boolean>; // deprecated
+	heartbeat\-interval <integer>; // deprecated
+	hostname ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	http\-listener\-clients <integer>;
+	http\-port <integer>;
+	http\-streams\-per\-connection <integer>;
+	https\-port <integer>;
+	interface\-interval <duration>;
+	ipv4only\-contact <string>;
+	ipv4only\-enable <boolean>;
+	ipv4only\-server <string>;
+	ixfr\-from\-differences ( primary | master | secondary | slave | <boolean> );
+	keep\-response\-order { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	key\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	lame\-ttl <duration>;
+	listen\-on [ port <integer> ] [ tls <string> ] [ http <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	listen\-on\-v6 [ port <integer> ] [ tls <string> ] [ http <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	lmdb\-mapsize <sizeval>;
+	lock\-file ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	managed\-keys\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	match\-mapped\-addresses <boolean>;
+	max\-cache\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> | <percentage> );
+	max\-cache\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-clients\-per\-query <integer>;
+	max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | <percentage> );
+	max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> );
+	max\-ncache\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-recursion\-depth <integer>;
+	max\-recursion\-queries <integer>;
+	max\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	max\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	max\-rsa\-exponent\-size <integer>;
+	max\-stale\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-out <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-out <integer>;
+	max\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | <duration> );
+	memstatistics <boolean>;
+	memstatistics\-file <quoted_string>;
+	message\-compression <boolean>;
+	min\-cache\-ttl <duration>;
+	min\-ncache\-ttl <duration>;
+	min\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	min\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	minimal\-any <boolean>;
+	minimal\-responses ( no\-auth | no\-auth\-recursive | <boolean> );
+	multi\-master <boolean>;
+	new\-zones\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	no\-case\-compress { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	nocookie\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | <boolean> );
+	notify\-delay <integer>;
+	notify\-rate <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-to\-soa <boolean>;
+	nsec3\-test\-zone <boolean>; // test only
+	nta\-lifetime <duration>;
+	nta\-recheck <duration>;
+	nxdomain\-redirect <string>;
+	parental\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	parental\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	pid\-file ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	port <integer>;
+	preferred\-glue <string>;
+	prefetch <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	provide\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	qname\-minimization ( strict | relaxed | disabled | off );
+	query\-source [ address ] ( <ipv4_address> | * );
+	query\-source\-v6 [ address ] ( <ipv6_address> | * );
+	querylog <boolean>;
+	random\-device ( <quoted_string> | none ); // obsolete
+	rate\-limit {
+		all\-per\-second <integer>;
+		errors\-per\-second <integer>;
+		exempt\-clients { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		ipv4\-prefix\-length <integer>;
+		ipv6\-prefix\-length <integer>;
+		log\-only <boolean>;
+		max\-table\-size <integer>;
+		min\-table\-size <integer>;
+		nodata\-per\-second <integer>;
+		nxdomains\-per\-second <integer>;
+		qps\-scale <integer>;
+		referrals\-per\-second <integer>;
+		responses\-per\-second <integer>;
+		slip <integer>;
+		window <integer>;
+	};
+	recursing\-file <quoted_string>;
+	recursion <boolean>;
+	recursive\-clients <integer>;
+	request\-expire <boolean>;
+	request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	request\-nsid <boolean>;
+	require\-server\-cookie <boolean>;
+	reserved\-sockets <integer>; // deprecated
+	resolver\-nonbackoff\-tries <integer>;
+	resolver\-query\-timeout <integer>;
+	resolver\-retry\-interval <integer>;
+	response\-padding { <address_match_element>; ... } block\-size <integer>;
+	response\-policy { zone <string> [ add\-soa <boolean> ] [ log <boolean> ] [ max\-policy\-ttl <duration> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ] [ policy ( cname | disabled | drop | given | no\-op | nodata | nxdomain | passthru | tcp\-only <quoted_string> ) ] [ recursive\-only <boolean> ] [ nsip\-enable <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-enable <boolean> ]; ... } [ add\-soa <boolean> ] [ break\-dnssec <boolean> ] [ max\-policy\-ttl <duration> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ] [ min\-ns\-dots <integer> ] [ nsip\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ qname\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ recursive\-only <boolean> ] [ nsip\-enable <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-enable <boolean> ] [ dnsrps\-enable <boolean> ] [ dnsrps\-options { <unspecified\-text> } ];
+	reuseport <boolean>;
+	root\-delegation\-only [ exclude { <string>; ... } ]; // deprecated
+	root\-key\-sentinel <boolean>;
+	rrset\-order { [ class <string> ] [ type <string> ] [ name <quoted_string> ] <string> <string>; ... };
+	secroots\-file <quoted_string>;
+	send\-cookie <boolean>;
+	serial\-query\-rate <integer>;
+	serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+	server\-id ( <quoted_string> | none | hostname );
+	servfail\-ttl <duration>;
+	session\-keyalg <string>;
+	session\-keyfile ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	session\-keyname <string>;
+	sig\-signing\-nodes <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-signatures <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-type <integer>;
+	sig\-validity\-interval <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	sortlist { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	stacksize ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> ); // deprecated
+	stale\-answer\-client\-timeout ( disabled | off | <integer> );
+	stale\-answer\-enable <boolean>;
+	stale\-answer\-ttl <duration>;
+	stale\-cache\-enable <boolean>;
+	stale\-refresh\-time <duration>;
+	startup\-notify\-rate <integer>;
+	statistics\-file <quoted_string>;
+	suppress\-initial\-notify <boolean>; // obsolete
+	synth\-from\-dnssec <boolean>;
+	tcp\-advertised\-timeout <integer>;
+	tcp\-clients <integer>;
+	tcp\-idle\-timeout <integer>;
+	tcp\-initial\-timeout <integer>;
+	tcp\-keepalive\-timeout <integer>;
+	tcp\-listen\-queue <integer>;
+	tcp\-receive\-buffer <integer>;
+	tcp\-send\-buffer <integer>;
+	tkey\-dhkey <quoted_string> <integer>; // deprecated
+	tkey\-domain <quoted_string>;
+	tkey\-gssapi\-credential <quoted_string>;
+	tkey\-gssapi\-keytab <quoted_string>;
+	tls\-port <integer>;
+	transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+	transfer\-message\-size <integer>;
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	transfers\-in <integer>;
+	transfers\-out <integer>;
+	transfers\-per\-ns <integer>;
+	trust\-anchor\-telemetry <boolean>; // experimental
+	try\-tcp\-refresh <boolean>;
+	udp\-receive\-buffer <integer>;
+	udp\-send\-buffer <integer>;
+	update\-check\-ksk <boolean>;
+	update\-quota <integer>;
+	use\-alt\-transfer\-source <boolean>; // deprecated
+	use\-v4\-udp\-ports { <portrange>; ... }; // deprecated
+	use\-v6\-udp\-ports { <portrange>; ... }; // deprecated
+	v6\-bias <integer>;
+	validate\-except { <string>; ... };
+	version ( <quoted_string> | none );
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl <boolean>;
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl\-cache <boolean>;
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+parental\-agents <string> [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+
+plugin ( query ) <string> [ { <unspecified\-text> } ]; // may occur multiple times
+
+primaries <string> [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+
+server <netprefix> {
+	bogus <boolean>;
+	edns <boolean>;
+	edns\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	edns\-version <integer>;
+	keys <server_key>;
+	max\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	padding <integer>;
+	provide\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	query\-source [ address ] ( <ipv4_address> | * );
+	query\-source\-v6 [ address ] ( <ipv6_address> | * );
+	request\-expire <boolean>;
+	request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	request\-nsid <boolean>;
+	send\-cookie <boolean>;
+	tcp\-keepalive <boolean>;
+	tcp\-only <boolean>;
+	transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	transfers <integer>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+statistics\-channels {
+	inet ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> | * ) [ port ( <integer> | * ) ] [ allow { <address_match_element>; ... } ]; // may occur multiple times
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+tls <string> {
+	ca\-file <quoted_string>;
+	cert\-file <quoted_string>;
+	ciphers <string>;
+	dhparam\-file <quoted_string>;
+	key\-file <quoted_string>;
+	prefer\-server\-ciphers <boolean>;
+	protocols { <string>; ... };
+	remote\-hostname <quoted_string>;
+	session\-tickets <boolean>;
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+trust\-anchors { <string> ( static\-key | initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds ) <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+
+trusted\-keys { <string> <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+
+view <string> [ <class> ] {
+	allow\-new\-zones <boolean>;
+	allow\-notify { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-cache { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-cache\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-recursion { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-recursion\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-transfer [ port <integer> ] [ transport <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update\-forwarding { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	also\-notify [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	alt\-transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	attach\-cache <string>;
+	auth\-nxdomain <boolean>;
+	auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off ); // deprecated
+	catalog\-zones { zone <string> [ default\-primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... } ] [ zone\-directory <quoted_string> ] [ in\-memory <boolean> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ]; ... };
+	check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-integrity <boolean>;
+	check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-names ( primary | master | secondary | slave | response ) ( fail | warn | ignore ); // may occur multiple times
+	check\-sibling <boolean>;
+	check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+	check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-wildcard <boolean>;
+	clients\-per\-query <integer>;
+	deny\-answer\-addresses { <address_match_element>; ... } [ except\-from { <string>; ... } ];
+	deny\-answer\-aliases { <string>; ... } [ except\-from { <string>; ... } ];
+	dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | <boolean> ); // deprecated
+	disable\-algorithms <string> { <string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	disable\-ds\-digests <string> { <string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	disable\-empty\-zone <string>; // may occur multiple times
+	dlz <string> {
+		database <string>;
+		search <boolean>;
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+	dns64 <netprefix> {
+		break\-dnssec <boolean>;
+		clients { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		exclude { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		mapped { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		recursive\-only <boolean>;
+		suffix <ipv6_address>;
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+	dns64\-contact <string>;
+	dns64\-server <string>;
+	dnskey\-sig\-validity <integer>;
+	dnsrps\-enable <boolean>; // not configured
+	dnsrps\-options { <unspecified\-text> }; // not configured
+	dnssec\-accept\-expired <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval <integer>;
+	dnssec\-must\-be\-secure <string> <boolean>; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+	dnssec\-policy <string>;
+	dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+	dnssec\-validation ( yes | no | auto );
+	dnstap { ( all | auth | client | forwarder | resolver | update ) [ ( query | response ) ]; ... }; // not configured
+	dual\-stack\-servers [ port <integer> ] { ( <quoted_string> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ); ... };
+	dyndb <string> <quoted_string> { <unspecified\-text> }; // may occur multiple times
+	edns\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	empty\-contact <string>;
+	empty\-server <string>;
+	empty\-zones\-enable <boolean>;
+	fetch\-quota\-params <integer> <fixedpoint> <fixedpoint> <fixedpoint>;
+	fetches\-per\-server <integer> [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+	fetches\-per\-zone <integer> [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	glue\-cache <boolean>; // deprecated
+	ipv4only\-contact <string>;
+	ipv4only\-enable <boolean>;
+	ipv4only\-server <string>;
+	ixfr\-from\-differences ( primary | master | secondary | slave | <boolean> );
+	key <string> {
+		algorithm <string>;
+		secret <string>;
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+	key\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	lame\-ttl <duration>;
+	lmdb\-mapsize <sizeval>;
+	managed\-keys { <string> ( static\-key | initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds ) <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	match\-clients { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	match\-destinations { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	match\-recursive\-only <boolean>;
+	max\-cache\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> | <percentage> );
+	max\-cache\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-clients\-per\-query <integer>;
+	max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | <percentage> );
+	max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> );
+	max\-ncache\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-recursion\-depth <integer>;
+	max\-recursion\-queries <integer>;
+	max\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	max\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	max\-stale\-ttl <duration>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-out <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-out <integer>;
+	max\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | <duration> );
+	message\-compression <boolean>;
+	min\-cache\-ttl <duration>;
+	min\-ncache\-ttl <duration>;
+	min\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	min\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	minimal\-any <boolean>;
+	minimal\-responses ( no\-auth | no\-auth\-recursive | <boolean> );
+	multi\-master <boolean>;
+	new\-zones\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	no\-case\-compress { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	nocookie\-udp\-size <integer>;
+	notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | <boolean> );
+	notify\-delay <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-to\-soa <boolean>;
+	nsec3\-test\-zone <boolean>; // test only
+	nta\-lifetime <duration>;
+	nta\-recheck <duration>;
+	nxdomain\-redirect <string>;
+	parental\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	parental\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	plugin ( query ) <string> [ { <unspecified\-text> } ]; // may occur multiple times
+	preferred\-glue <string>;
+	prefetch <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	provide\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	qname\-minimization ( strict | relaxed | disabled | off );
+	query\-source [ address ] ( <ipv4_address> | * );
+	query\-source\-v6 [ address ] ( <ipv6_address> | * );
+	rate\-limit {
+		all\-per\-second <integer>;
+		errors\-per\-second <integer>;
+		exempt\-clients { <address_match_element>; ... };
+		ipv4\-prefix\-length <integer>;
+		ipv6\-prefix\-length <integer>;
+		log\-only <boolean>;
+		max\-table\-size <integer>;
+		min\-table\-size <integer>;
+		nodata\-per\-second <integer>;
+		nxdomains\-per\-second <integer>;
+		qps\-scale <integer>;
+		referrals\-per\-second <integer>;
+		responses\-per\-second <integer>;
+		slip <integer>;
+		window <integer>;
+	};
+	recursion <boolean>;
+	request\-expire <boolean>;
+	request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	request\-nsid <boolean>;
+	require\-server\-cookie <boolean>;
+	resolver\-nonbackoff\-tries <integer>;
+	resolver\-query\-timeout <integer>;
+	resolver\-retry\-interval <integer>;
+	response\-padding { <address_match_element>; ... } block\-size <integer>;
+	response\-policy { zone <string> [ add\-soa <boolean> ] [ log <boolean> ] [ max\-policy\-ttl <duration> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ] [ policy ( cname | disabled | drop | given | no\-op | nodata | nxdomain | passthru | tcp\-only <quoted_string> ) ] [ recursive\-only <boolean> ] [ nsip\-enable <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-enable <boolean> ]; ... } [ add\-soa <boolean> ] [ break\-dnssec <boolean> ] [ max\-policy\-ttl <duration> ] [ min\-update\-interval <duration> ] [ min\-ns\-dots <integer> ] [ nsip\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ qname\-wait\-recurse <boolean> ] [ recursive\-only <boolean> ] [ nsip\-enable <boolean> ] [ nsdname\-enable <boolean> ] [ dnsrps\-enable <boolean> ] [ dnsrps\-options { <unspecified\-text> } ];
+	root\-delegation\-only [ exclude { <string>; ... } ]; // deprecated
+	root\-key\-sentinel <boolean>;
+	rrset\-order { [ class <string> ] [ type <string> ] [ name <quoted_string> ] <string> <string>; ... };
+	send\-cookie <boolean>;
+	serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+	server <netprefix> {
+		bogus <boolean>;
+		edns <boolean>;
+		edns\-udp\-size <integer>;
+		edns\-version <integer>;
+		keys <server_key>;
+		max\-udp\-size <integer>;
+		notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+		notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+		padding <integer>;
+		provide\-ixfr <boolean>;
+		query\-source [ address ] ( <ipv4_address> | * );
+		query\-source\-v6 [ address ] ( <ipv6_address> | * );
+		request\-expire <boolean>;
+		request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+		request\-nsid <boolean>;
+		send\-cookie <boolean>;
+		tcp\-keepalive <boolean>;
+		tcp\-only <boolean>;
+		transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+		transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+		transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+		transfers <integer>;
+	}; // may occur multiple times
+	servfail\-ttl <duration>;
+	sig\-signing\-nodes <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-signatures <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-type <integer>;
+	sig\-validity\-interval <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	sortlist { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	stale\-answer\-client\-timeout ( disabled | off | <integer> );
+	stale\-answer\-enable <boolean>;
+	stale\-answer\-ttl <duration>;
+	stale\-cache\-enable <boolean>;
+	stale\-refresh\-time <duration>;
+	suppress\-initial\-notify <boolean>; // obsolete
+	synth\-from\-dnssec <boolean>;
+	transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	trust\-anchor\-telemetry <boolean>; // experimental
+	trust\-anchors { <string> ( static\-key | initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds ) <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times
+	trusted\-keys { <string> <integer> <integer> <integer> <quoted_string>; ... }; // may occur multiple times, deprecated
+	try\-tcp\-refresh <boolean>;
+	update\-check\-ksk <boolean>;
+	use\-alt\-transfer\-source <boolean>; // deprecated
+	v6\-bias <integer>;
+	validate\-except { <string>; ... };
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl <boolean>;
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl\-cache <boolean>;
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+}; // may occur multiple times
+
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Any of these zone statements can also be set inside the view statement.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type primary;
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-transfer [ port <integer> ] [ transport <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	also\-notify [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	alt\-transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off ); // deprecated
+	check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-integrity <boolean>;
+	check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-sibling <boolean>;
+	check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+	check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	check\-wildcard <boolean>;
+	database <string>;
+	dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | <boolean> ); // deprecated
+	dlz <string>;
+	dnskey\-sig\-validity <integer>;
+	dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval <integer>;
+	dnssec\-policy <string>;
+	dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+	file <quoted_string>;
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	inline\-signing <boolean>;
+	ixfr\-from\-differences <boolean>;
+	journal <quoted_string>;
+	key\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | <percentage> );
+	max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> );
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-out <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-out <integer>;
+	max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | <duration> );
+	notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | <boolean> );
+	notify\-delay <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-to\-soa <boolean>;
+	nsec3\-test\-zone <boolean>; // test only
+	parental\-agents [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	parental\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	parental\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+	sig\-signing\-nodes <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-signatures <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-type <integer>;
+	sig\-validity\-interval <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	update\-check\-ksk <boolean>;
+	update\-policy ( local | { ( deny | grant ) <string> ( 6to4\-self | external | krb5\-self | krb5\-selfsub | krb5\-subdomain | krb5\-subdomain\-self\-rhs | ms\-self | ms\-selfsub | ms\-subdomain | ms\-subdomain\-self\-rhs | name | self | selfsub | selfwild | subdomain | tcp\-self | wildcard | zonesub ) [ <string> ] <rrtypelist>; ... } );
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl <boolean>;
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type secondary;
+	allow\-notify { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-transfer [ port <integer> ] [ transport <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update\-forwarding { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	also\-notify [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	alt\-transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off ); // deprecated
+	check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	database <string>;
+	dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | <boolean> ); // deprecated
+	dlz <string>;
+	dnskey\-sig\-validity <integer>;
+	dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly <boolean>;
+	dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval <integer>;
+	dnssec\-policy <string>;
+	dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+	file <quoted_string>;
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	inline\-signing <boolean>;
+	ixfr\-from\-differences <boolean>;
+	journal <quoted_string>;
+	key\-directory <quoted_string>;
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | <percentage> );
+	max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> );
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	max\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-out <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-out <integer>;
+	min\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	min\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	multi\-master <boolean>;
+	notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | <boolean> );
+	notify\-delay <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-to\-soa <boolean>;
+	nsec3\-test\-zone <boolean>; // test only
+	parental\-agents [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	parental\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	parental\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	request\-expire <boolean>;
+	request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	sig\-signing\-nodes <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-signatures <integer>;
+	sig\-signing\-type <integer>;
+	sig\-validity\-interval <integer> [ <integer> ];
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	try\-tcp\-refresh <boolean>;
+	update\-check\-ksk <boolean>;
+	use\-alt\-transfer\-source <boolean>; // deprecated
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl <boolean>;
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type mirror;
+	allow\-notify { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-transfer [ port <integer> ] [ transport <string> ] { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-update\-forwarding { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	also\-notify [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	alt\-transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ; // deprecated
+	check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	database <string>;
+	file <quoted_string>;
+	ixfr\-from\-differences <boolean>;
+	journal <quoted_string>;
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | <percentage> );
+	max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | <sizeval> );
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	max\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-out <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-out <integer>;
+	min\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	min\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	multi\-master <boolean>;
+	notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | <boolean> );
+	notify\-delay <integer>;
+	notify\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	notify\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	request\-expire <boolean>;
+	request\-ixfr <boolean>;
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	try\-tcp\-refresh <boolean>;
+	use\-alt\-transfer\-source <boolean>; // deprecated
+	zero\-no\-soa\-ttl <boolean>;
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type forward;
+	delegation\-only <boolean>; // deprecated
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type hint;
+	check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	delegation\-only <boolean>; // deprecated
+	file <quoted_string>;
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type redirect;
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	dlz <string>;
+	file <quoted_string>;
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | <duration> );
+	primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type static\-stub;
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	server\-addresses { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ); ... };
+	server\-names { <string>; ... };
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type stub;
+	allow\-query { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	allow\-query\-on { <address_match_element>; ... };
+	check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+	database <string>;
+	delegation\-only <boolean>; // deprecated
+	dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | <boolean> ); // deprecated
+	file <quoted_string>;
+	forward ( first | only );
+	forwarders [ port <integer> ]  { ( <ipv4_address> | <ipv6_address> ) [ port <integer> ]; ... };
+	masterfile\-format ( raw | text );
+	masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+	max\-records <integer>;
+	max\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	max\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-idle\-in <integer>;
+	max\-transfer\-time\-in <integer>;
+	min\-refresh\-time <integer>;
+	min\-retry\-time <integer>;
+	multi\-master <boolean>;
+	primaries [ port <integer> ]  { ( <remote\-servers> | <ipv4_address> [ port <integer> ] | <ipv6_address> [ port <integer> ] ) [ key <string> ] [ tls <string> ]; ... };
+	transfer\-source ( <ipv4_address> | * ) ;
+	transfer\-source\-v6 ( <ipv6_address> | * ) ;
+	use\-alt\-transfer\-source <boolean>; // deprecated
+	zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | <boolean> );
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	type delegation\-only;
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone <string> [ <class> ] {
+	in\-view <string>;
+};
+
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%named\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc\-confgen(8)\fP, \fI\%tsig\-keygen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named.conf.rst b/doc/man/named.conf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fbdda6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.conf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/named/named.conf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named.rst b/doc/man/named.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c0f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/named/named.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nsec3hash.1in b/doc/man/nsec3hash.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1bc42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsec3hash.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSEC3HASH" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nsec3hash \- generate NSEC3 hash
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP {salt} {algorithm} {iterations} {domain}
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP \fB\-r\fP {algorithm} {flags} {iterations} {salt} {domain}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP generates an NSEC3 hash based on a set of NSEC3
+parameters. This can be used to check the validity of NSEC3 records in a
+signed zone.
+.sp
+If this command is invoked as \fBnsec3hash \-r\fP, it takes arguments in
+order, matching the first four fields of an NSEC3 record followed by the
+domain name: \fBalgorithm\fP, \fBflags\fP, \fBiterations\fP, \fBsalt\fP, \fBdomain\fP\&. This makes it
+convenient to copy and paste a portion of an NSEC3 or NSEC3PARAM record
+into a command line to confirm the correctness of an NSEC3 hash.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B salt
+This is the salt provided to the hash algorithm.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B algorithm
+This is a number indicating the hash algorithm. Currently the only supported
+hash algorithm for NSEC3 is SHA\-1, which is indicated by the number
+1; consequently \(dq1\(dq is the only useful value for this argument.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B flags
+This is provided for compatibility with NSEC3 record presentation format, but
+is ignored since the flags do not affect the hash.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B iterations
+This is the number of additional times the hash should be performed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B domain
+This is the domain name to be hashed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 5155\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst b/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba81f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/nsec3hash.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nslookup.1in b/doc/man/nslookup.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25bd5dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nslookup.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSLOOKUP" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nslookup \- query Internet name servers interactively
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP [\-option] [name | \-] [server]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP is a program to query Internet domain name servers.
+\fBnslookup\fP has two modes: interactive and non\-interactive. Interactive
+mode allows the user to query name servers for information about various
+hosts and domains or to print a list of hosts in a domain.
+Non\-interactive mode prints just the name and requested
+information for a host or domain.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.sp
+Interactive mode is entered in the following cases:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP a. 3
+when no arguments are given (the default name server is used);
+.IP b. 3
+when the first argument is a hyphen (\-) and the second argument is
+the host name or Internet address of a name server.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Non\-interactive mode is used when the name or Internet address of the
+host to be looked up is given as the first argument. The optional second
+argument specifies the host name or address of a name server.
+.sp
+Options can also be specified on the command line if they precede the
+arguments and are prefixed with a hyphen. For example, to change the
+default query type to host information, with an initial timeout of 10
+seconds, type:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+nslookup \-query=hinfo  \-timeout=10
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The \fB\-version\fP option causes \fBnslookup\fP to print the version number
+and immediately exit.
+.SH INTERACTIVE COMMANDS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBhost [server]\fP
+This command looks up information for \fI\%host\fP using the current default server or
+using \fBserver\fP, if specified. If \fI\%host\fP is an Internet address and the
+query type is A or PTR, the name of the host is returned. If \fI\%host\fP is
+a name and does not have a trailing period (\fB\&.\fP), the search list is used
+to qualify the name.
+.sp
+To look up a host not in the current domain, append a period to the
+name.
+.TP
+.B \fBserver domain\fP | \fBlserver domain\fP
+These commands change the default server to \fBdomain\fP; \fBlserver\fP uses the initial
+server to look up information about \fBdomain\fP, while \fBserver\fP uses the
+current default server. If an authoritative answer cannot be found,
+the names of servers that might have the answer are returned.
+.TP
+.B \fBroot\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBfinger\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBls\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBview\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBhelp\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fB?\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBexit\fP
+This command exits the program.
+.TP
+.B \fBset keyword[=value]\fP
+This command is used to change state information that affects the
+lookups. Valid keywords are:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B \fBall\fP
+This keyword prints the current values of the frequently used options to
+\fBset\fP\&. Information about the current default server and host is
+also printed.
+.TP
+.B \fBclass=value\fP
+This keyword changes the query class to one of:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B \fBIN\fP
+the Internet class
+.TP
+.B \fBCH\fP
+the Chaos class
+.TP
+.B \fBHS\fP
+the Hesiod class
+.TP
+.B \fBANY\fP
+wildcard
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The class specifies the protocol group of the information. The default
+is \fBIN\fP; the abbreviation for this keyword is \fBcl\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnodebug\fP
+This keyword turns on or off the display of the full response packet, and any
+intermediate response packets, when searching. The default for this keyword is
+\fBnodebug\fP; the abbreviation for this keyword is \fB[no]deb\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnod2\fP
+This keyword turns debugging mode on or off. This displays more about what
+nslookup is doing. The default is \fBnod2\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBdomain=name\fP
+This keyword sets the search list to \fBname\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnosearch\fP
+If the lookup request contains at least one period, but does not end
+with a trailing period, this keyword appends the domain names in the domain
+search list to the request until an answer is received. The default is \fBsearch\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBport=value\fP
+This keyword changes the default TCP/UDP name server port to \fBvalue\fP from
+its default, port 53. The abbreviation for this keyword is \fBpo\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBquerytype=value\fP | \fBtype=value\fP
+This keyword changes the type of the information query to \fBvalue\fP\&. The
+defaults are A and then AAAA; the abbreviations for these keywords are
+\fBq\fP and \fBty\fP\&.
+.sp
+Please note that it is only possible to specify one query type. Only the default
+behavior looks up both when an alternative is not specified.
+.TP
+.B \fBnorecurse\fP
+This keyword tells the name server to query other servers if it does not have
+the information. The default is \fBrecurse\fP; the abbreviation for this
+keyword is \fB[no]rec\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBndots=number\fP
+This keyword sets the number of dots (label separators) in a domain that
+disables searching. Absolute names always stop searching.
+.TP
+.B \fBretry=number\fP
+This keyword sets the number of retries to \fBnumber\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBtimeout=number\fP
+This keyword changes the initial timeout interval to wait for a reply to
+\fBnumber\fP, in seconds.
+.TP
+.B \fBnovc\fP
+This keyword indicates that a virtual circuit should always be used when sending requests to the server.
+\fBnovc\fP is the default.
+.TP
+.B \fBnofail\fP
+This keyword tries the next nameserver if a nameserver responds with SERVFAIL or
+a referral (nofail), or terminates the query (fail) on such a response. The
+default is \fBnofail\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP returns with an exit status of 1 if any query failed, and 0
+otherwise.
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBnslookup\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBnslookup\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP
+environment variable. IDN support is disabled if the variable is set
+when \fBnslookup\fP runs, or when the standard output is not a tty.
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%dig(1)\fP, \fI\%host(1)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nslookup.rst b/doc/man/nslookup.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..015740d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nslookup.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/nslookup.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nsupdate.1in b/doc/man/nsupdate.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b80f329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsupdate.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSUPDATE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nsupdate \- dynamic DNS update utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-L\fP level] [ [\fB\-g\fP] | [\fB\-o\fP] | [\fB\-l\fP] | [\fB\-y\fP [hmac:]keyname:secret] | [\fB\-k\fP keyfile] ] [\fB\-t\fP timeout] [\fB\-u\fP udptimeout] [\fB\-r\fP udpretries] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-T\fP] [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [filename]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP is used to submit Dynamic DNS Update requests, as defined in
+\fI\%RFC 2136\fP, to a name server. This allows resource records to be added or
+removed from a zone without manually editing the zone file. A single
+update request can contain requests to add or remove more than one
+resource record.
+.sp
+Zones that are under dynamic control via \fBnsupdate\fP or a DHCP server
+should not be edited by hand. Manual edits could conflict with dynamic
+updates and cause data to be lost.
+.sp
+The resource records that are dynamically added or removed with
+\fBnsupdate\fP must be in the same zone. Requests are sent to the
+zone\(aqs primary server, which is identified by the MNAME field of the
+zone\(aqs SOA record.
+.sp
+Transaction signatures can be used to authenticate the Dynamic DNS
+updates. These use the TSIG resource record type described in \fI\%RFC 2845\fP,
+the SIG(0) record described in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP and \fI\%RFC 2931\fP, or GSS\-TSIG as
+described in \fI\%RFC 3645\fP\&.
+.sp
+TSIG relies on a shared secret that should only be known to \fBnsupdate\fP
+and the name server. For instance, suitable \fBkey\fP and \fBserver\fP
+statements are added to \fB@sysconfdir@/named.conf\fP so that the name server
+can associate the appropriate secret key and algorithm with the IP
+address of the client application that is using TSIG
+authentication. \fI\%ddns\-confgen\fP can generate suitable
+configuration fragments. \fBnsupdate\fP uses the \fI\%\-y\fP or \fI\%\-k\fP options
+to provide the TSIG shared secret; these options are mutually exclusive.
+.sp
+SIG(0) uses public key cryptography. To use a SIG(0) key, the public key
+must be stored in a KEY record in a zone served by the name server.
+.sp
+GSS\-TSIG uses Kerberos credentials. Standard GSS\-TSIG mode is switched
+on with the \fI\%\-g\fP flag. A non\-standards\-compliant variant of GSS\-TSIG
+used by Windows 2000 can be switched on with the \fI\%\-o\fP flag.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option sets use of IPv4 only.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option sets use of IPv6 only.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-C
+Overrides the default \fIresolv.conf\fP file. This is only intended for testing.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-d
+This option sets debug mode, which provides tracing information about the update
+requests that are made and the replies received from the name server.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-D
+This option sets extra debug mode.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-g
+This option enables standard GSS\-TSIG mode.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-i
+This option forces interactive mode, even when standard input is not a terminal.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k keyfile
+This option indicates the file containing the TSIG authentication key. Keyfiles may be in
+two formats: a single file containing a \fI\%named.conf\fP\-format \fBkey\fP
+statement, which may be generated automatically by \fI\%ddns\-confgen\fP;
+or a pair of files whose names are of the format
+\fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.key\fP and
+\fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.private\fP, which can be generated by
+\fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&. The \fI\%\-k\fP option can also be used to specify a SIG(0)
+key used to authenticate Dynamic DNS update requests. In this case,
+the key specified is not an HMAC\-MD5 key.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-l
+This option sets local\-host only mode, which sets the server address to localhost
+(disabling the \fBserver\fP so that the server address cannot be
+overridden). Connections to the local server use a TSIG key
+found in \fB@runstatedir@/session.key\fP, which is automatically
+generated by \fI\%named\fP if any local \fBprimary\fP zone has set
+\fBupdate\-policy\fP to \fBlocal\fP\&. The location of this key file can be
+overridden with the \fI\%\-k\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-L level
+This option sets the logging debug level. If zero, logging is disabled.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-o
+This option enables a non\-standards\-compliant variant of GSS\-TSIG
+used by Windows 2000.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port
+This option sets the port to use for connections to a name server. The default is
+53.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-P
+This option prints the list of private BIND\-specific resource record types whose
+format is understood by \fBnsupdate\fP\&. See also the \fI\%\-T\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r udpretries
+This option sets the number of UDP retries. The default is 3. If zero, only one update
+request is made.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t timeout
+This option sets the maximum time an update request can take before it is aborted. The
+default is 300 seconds. If zero, the timeout is disabled for TCP mode. For UDP mode,
+the option \fI\%\-u\fP takes precedence over this option, unless the option \fI\%\-u\fP
+is set to zero, in which case the interval is computed from the \fI\%\-t\fP timeout interval
+and the number of UDP retries. For UDP mode, the timeout can not be disabled, and will
+be rounded up to 1 second in case if both \fI\%\-t\fP and \fI\%\-u\fP are set to zero.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-T
+This option prints the list of IANA standard resource record types whose format is
+understood by \fBnsupdate\fP\&. \fBnsupdate\fP exits after the lists
+are printed. The \fI\%\-T\fP option can be combined with the \fI\%\-P\fP
+option.
+.sp
+Other types can be entered using \fBTYPEXXXXX\fP where \fBXXXXX\fP is the
+decimal value of the type with no leading zeros. The rdata, if
+present, is parsed using the UNKNOWN rdata format, (<backslash>
+<hash> <space> <length> <space> <hexstring>).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u udptimeout
+This option sets the UDP retry interval. The default is 3 seconds. If zero, the
+interval is computed from the timeout interval and number of UDP
+retries.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-v
+This option specifies that TCP should be used even for small update requests. By default, \fBnsupdate\fP uses
+UDP to send update requests to the name server unless they are too
+large to fit in a UDP request, in which case TCP is used. TCP may
+be preferable when a batch of update requests is made.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-y [hmac:]keyname:secret
+This option sets the literal TSIG authentication key. \fBkeyname\fP is the name of the key,
+and \fBsecret\fP is the base64 encoded shared secret. \fBhmac\fP is the
+name of the key algorithm; valid choices are \fBhmac\-md5\fP,
+\fBhmac\-sha1\fP, \fBhmac\-sha224\fP, \fBhmac\-sha256\fP, \fBhmac\-sha384\fP, or
+\fBhmac\-sha512\fP\&. If \fBhmac\fP is not specified, the default is
+\fBhmac\-md5\fP, or if MD5 was disabled, \fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&.
+.sp
+NOTE: Use of the \fI\%\-y\fP option is discouraged because the shared
+secret is supplied as a command\-line argument in clear text. This may
+be visible in the output from ps1 or in a history file maintained by
+the user\(aqs shell.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH INPUT FORMAT
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP reads input from \fBfilename\fP or standard input. Each
+command is supplied on exactly one line of input. Some commands are for
+administrative purposes; others are either update instructions or
+prerequisite checks on the contents of the zone. These checks set
+conditions that some name or set of resource records (RRset) either
+exists or is absent from the zone. These conditions must be met if the
+entire update request is to succeed. Updates are rejected if the
+tests for the prerequisite conditions fail.
+.sp
+Every update request consists of zero or more prerequisites and zero or
+more updates. This allows a suitably authenticated update request to
+proceed if some specified resource records are either present or missing from
+the zone. A blank input line (or the \fBsend\fP command) causes the
+accumulated commands to be sent as one Dynamic DNS update request to the
+name server.
+.sp
+The command formats and their meanings are as follows:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBserver servername port\fP
+This command sends all dynamic update requests to the name server \fBservername\fP\&.
+When no server statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP sends updates
+to the primary server of the correct zone. The MNAME field of that
+zone\(aqs SOA record identify the primary server for that zone.
+\fBport\fP is the port number on \fBservername\fP where the dynamic
+update requests are sent. If no port number is specified, the default
+DNS port number of 53 is used.
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This command has no effect when GSS\-TSIG is in use.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fBlocal address port\fP
+This command sends all dynamic update requests using the local \fBaddress\fP\&. When
+no local statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP sends updates using
+an address and port chosen by the system. \fBport\fP can also
+be used to force requests to come from a specific port. If no port number
+is specified, the system assigns one.
+.TP
+.B \fBzone zonename\fP
+This command specifies that all updates are to be made to the zone \fBzonename\fP\&.
+If no \fBzone\fP statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP attempts to
+determine the correct zone to update based on the rest of the input.
+.TP
+.B \fBclass classname\fP
+This command specifies the default class. If no \fBclass\fP is specified, the default
+class is \fBIN\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBttl seconds\fP
+This command specifies the default time\-to\-live, in seconds, for records to be added. The value
+\fBnone\fP clears the default TTL.
+.TP
+.B \fBkey hmac:keyname secret\fP
+This command specifies that all updates are to be TSIG\-signed using the
+\fBkeyname\fP\-\fBsecret\fP pair. If \fBhmac\fP is specified, it sets
+the signing algorithm in use. The default is \fBhmac\-md5\fP; if MD5
+was disabled, the default is \fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&. The \fBkey\fP command overrides any key
+specified on the command line via \fI\%\-y\fP or \fI\%\-k\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBgsstsig\fP
+This command uses GSS\-TSIG to sign the updates. This is equivalent to specifying
+\fI\%\-g\fP on the command line.
+.TP
+.B \fBoldgsstsig\fP
+This command uses the Windows 2000 version of GSS\-TSIG to sign the updates. This is
+equivalent to specifying \fI\%\-o\fP on the command line.
+.TP
+.B \fBrealm [realm_name]\fP
+When using GSS\-TSIG, this command specifies the use of \fBrealm_name\fP rather than the default realm
+in \fBkrb5.conf\fP\&. If no realm is specified, the saved realm is
+cleared.
+.TP
+.B \fBcheck\-names [boolean]\fP
+This command turns on or off check\-names processing on records to be added.
+Check\-names has no effect on prerequisites or records to be deleted.
+By default check\-names processing is on. If check\-names processing
+fails, the record is not added to the UPDATE message.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq nxdomain domain\-name\fP
+This command requires that no resource record of any type exist with the name
+\fBdomain\-name\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxdomain domain\-name\fP
+This command requires that \fBdomain\-name\fP exist (as at least one resource
+record, of any type).
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq nxrrset domain\-name class type\fP
+This command requires that no resource record exist of the specified \fBtype\fP,
+\fBclass\fP, and \fBdomain\-name\fP\&. If \fBclass\fP is omitted, IN (Internet)
+is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxrrset domain\-name class type\fP
+This command requires that a resource record of the specified \fBtype\fP,
+\fBclass\fP and \fBdomain\-name\fP exist. If \fBclass\fP is omitted, IN
+(internet) is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxrrset domain\-name class type data\fP
+With this command, the \fBdata\fP from each set of prerequisites of this form sharing a
+common \fBtype\fP, \fBclass\fP, and \fBdomain\-name\fP are combined to form
+a set of RRs. This set of RRs must exactly match the set of RRs
+existing in the zone at the given \fBtype\fP, \fBclass\fP, and
+\fBdomain\-name\fP\&. The \fBdata\fP are written in the standard text
+representation of the resource record\(aqs RDATA.
+.TP
+.B \fBupdate delete domain\-name ttl class type data\fP
+This command deletes any resource records named \fBdomain\-name\fP\&. If \fBtype\fP and
+\fBdata\fP are provided, only matching resource records are removed.
+The Internet class is assumed if \fBclass\fP is not supplied. The
+\fBttl\fP is ignored, and is only allowed for compatibility.
+.TP
+.B \fBupdate add domain\-name ttl class type data\fP
+This command adds a new resource record with the specified \fBttl\fP, \fBclass\fP, and
+\fBdata\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBshow\fP
+This command displays the current message, containing all of the prerequisites and
+updates specified since the last send.
+.TP
+.B \fBsend\fP
+This command sends the current message. This is equivalent to entering a blank
+line.
+.TP
+.B \fBanswer\fP
+This command displays the answer.
+.TP
+.B \fBdebug\fP
+This command turns on debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fBversion\fP
+This command prints the version number.
+.TP
+.B \fBhelp\fP
+This command prints a list of commands.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are comments and are ignored.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+The examples below show how \fBnsupdate\fP can be used to insert and
+delete resource records from the \fBexample.com\fP zone. Notice that the
+input in each example contains a trailing blank line, so that a group of
+commands is sent as one dynamic update request to the primary name
+server for \fBexample.com\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+# nsupdate
+> update delete oldhost.example.com A
+> update add newhost.example.com 86400 A 172.16.1.1
+> send
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Any A records for \fBoldhost.example.com\fP are deleted, and an A record
+for \fBnewhost.example.com\fP with IP address 172.16.1.1 is added. The
+newly added record has a TTL of 1 day (86400 seconds).
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+# nsupdate
+> prereq nxdomain nickname.example.com
+> update add nickname.example.com 86400 CNAME somehost.example.com
+> send
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The prerequisite condition tells the name server to verify that there are
+no resource records of any type for \fBnickname.example.com\fP\&. If there
+are, the update request fails. If this name does not exist, a CNAME for
+it is added. This ensures that when the CNAME is added, it cannot
+conflict with the long\-standing rule in \fI\%RFC 1034\fP that a name must not
+exist as any other record type if it exists as a CNAME. (The rule has
+been updated for DNSSEC in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP to allow CNAMEs to have RRSIG,
+DNSKEY, and NSEC records.)
+.SH FILES
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+Used to identify the default name server
+.TP
+.B \fB@runstatedir@/session.key\fP
+Sets the default TSIG key for use in local\-only mode
+.TP
+.B \fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.key\fP
+Base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-MD5 key created by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.private\fP
+Base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-MD5 key created by \fI\%dnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 2136\fP, \fI\%RFC 3007\fP, \fI\%RFC 2104\fP, \fI\%RFC 2845\fP, \fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 2535\fP, \fI\%RFC 2931\fP,
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%dnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%tsig\-keygen(8)\fP\&.
+.SH BUGS
+.sp
+The TSIG key is redundantly stored in two separate files. This is a
+consequence of \fBnsupdate\fP using the DST library for its cryptographic
+operations, and may change in future releases.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nsupdate.rst b/doc/man/nsupdate.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bced04e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsupdate.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/nsupdate/nsupdate.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa20381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC-CONFGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc-confgen \- rndc key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP [\fB\-a\fP] [\fB\-A\fP algorithm] [\fB\-b\fP keysize] [\fB\-c\fP keyfile] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-k\fP keyname] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-s\fP address] [\fB\-t\fP chrootdir] [\fB\-u\fP user]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP generates configuration files for \fI\%rndc\fP\&. It can be
+used as a convenient alternative to writing the \fI\%rndc.conf\fP file and
+the corresponding \fBcontrols\fP and \fBkey\fP statements in \fI\%named.conf\fP
+by hand. Alternatively, it can be run with the \fI\%\-a\fP option to set up a
+\fBrndc.key\fP file and avoid the need for a \fI\%rndc.conf\fP file and a
+\fBcontrols\fP statement altogether.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a
+This option sets automatic \fI\%rndc\fP configuration, which creates a file
+\fB@sysconfdir@/rndc.key\fP that is read by both \fI\%rndc\fP and \fI\%named\fP on startup.
+The \fBrndc.key\fP file defines a default command channel and
+authentication key allowing \fI\%rndc\fP to communicate with \fI\%named\fP on
+the local host with no further configuration.
+.sp
+If a more elaborate configuration than that generated by
+\fI\%rndc\-confgen \-a\fP is required, for example if rndc is to be used
+remotely, run \fBrndc\-confgen\fP without the \fI\%\-a\fP option
+and set up \fI\%rndc.conf\fP and \fI\%named.conf\fP as directed.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-A algorithm
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available choices
+are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384, and
+hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b keysize
+This option specifies the size of the authentication key in bits. The size must be between
+1 and 512 bits; the default is the hash size.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c keyfile
+This option is used with the \fI\%\-a\fP option to specify an alternate location for
+\fBrndc.key\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k keyname
+This option specifies the key name of the \fI\%rndc\fP authentication key. This must be a
+valid domain name. The default is \fBrndc\-key\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port
+This option specifies the command channel port where \fI\%named\fP listens for
+connections from \fI\%rndc\fP\&. The default is 953.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option prevets printing the written path in automatic configuration mode.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s address
+This option specifies the IP address where \fI\%named\fP listens for command\-channel
+connections from \fI\%rndc\fP\&. The default is the loopback address
+127.0.0.1.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-t chrootdir
+This option is used with the \fI\%\-a\fP option to specify a directory where \fI\%named\fP
+runs chrooted. An additional copy of the \fBrndc.key\fP is
+written relative to this directory, so that it is found by the
+chrooted \fI\%named\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-u user
+This option is used with the \fI\%\-a\fP option to set the owner of the generated \fBrndc.key\fP file.
+If \fI\%\-t\fP is also specified, only the file in the chroot
+area has its owner changed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+To allow \fI\%rndc\fP to be used with no manual configuration, run:
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen \-a\fP
+.sp
+To print a sample \fI\%rndc.conf\fP file and the corresponding \fBcontrols\fP and
+\fBkey\fP statements to be manually inserted into \fI\%named.conf\fP, run:
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%rndc(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc.conf(5)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac57ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/rndc-confgen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.8in b/doc/man/rndc.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7361778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc \- name server control utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP [\fB\-b\fP source\-address] [\fB\-c\fP config\-file] [\fB\-k\fP key\-file] [\fB\-s\fP server] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-r\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-y\fP server_key] [[\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP]] {command}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP controls the operation of a name server. If \fBrndc\fP is
+invoked with no command line options or arguments, it prints a short
+summary of the supported commands and the available options and their
+arguments.
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP communicates with the name server over a TCP connection,
+sending commands authenticated with digital signatures. In the current
+versions of \fBrndc\fP and \fI\%named\fP, the only supported authentication
+algorithms are HMAC\-MD5 (for compatibility), HMAC\-SHA1, HMAC\-SHA224,
+HMAC\-SHA256 (default), HMAC\-SHA384, and HMAC\-SHA512. They use a shared
+secret on each end of the connection, which provides TSIG\-style
+authentication for the command request and the name server\(aqs response.
+All commands sent over the channel must be signed by a server_key known to
+the server.
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP reads a configuration file to determine how to contact the name
+server and decide what algorithm and key it should use.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-4
+This option indicates use of IPv4 only.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-6
+This option indicates use of IPv6 only.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-b source\-address
+This option indicates \fBsource\-address\fP as the source address for the connection to the
+server. Multiple instances are permitted, to allow setting of both the
+IPv4 and IPv6 source addresses.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-c config\-file
+This option indicates \fBconfig\-file\fP as the configuration file instead of the default,
+\fB@sysconfdir@/rndc.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-k key\-file
+This option indicates \fBkey\-file\fP as the key file instead of the default,
+\fB@sysconfdir@/rndc.key\fP\&. The key in \fB@sysconfdir@/rndc.key\fP is used to
+authenticate commands sent to the server if the config\-file does not
+exist.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-s server
+\fBserver\fP is the name or address of the server which matches a server
+statement in the configuration file for \fBrndc\fP\&. If no server is
+supplied on the command line, the host named by the default\-server
+clause in the options statement of the \fBrndc\fP configuration file
+is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-p port
+This option instructs BIND 9 to send commands to TCP port \fBport\fP instead of its default control
+channel port, 953.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-q
+This option sets quiet mode, where message text returned by the server is not printed
+unless there is an error.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-r
+This option instructs \fBrndc\fP to print the result code returned by \fI\%named\fP
+after executing the requested command (e.g., ISC_R_SUCCESS,
+ISC_R_FAILURE, etc.).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-V
+This option enables verbose logging.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-y server_key
+This option indicates use of the key \fBserver_key\fP from the configuration file. For control message validation to succeed, \fBserver_key\fP must be known
+by \fI\%named\fP with the same algorithm and secret string. If no \fBserver_key\fP is specified,
+\fBrndc\fP first looks for a key clause in the server statement of
+the server being used, or if no server statement is present for that
+host, then in the default\-key clause of the options statement. Note that
+the configuration file contains shared secrets which are used to send
+authenticated control commands to name servers, and should therefore
+not have general read or write access.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH COMMANDS
+.sp
+A list of commands supported by \fBrndc\fP can be seen by running \fBrndc\fP
+without arguments.
+.sp
+Currently supported commands are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B addzone zone [class [view]] configuration
+This command adds a zone while the server is running. This command requires the
+\fBallow\-new\-zones\fP option to be set to \fByes\fP\&. The configuration
+string specified on the command line is the zone configuration text
+that would ordinarily be placed in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+The configuration is saved in a file called \fBviewname.nzf\fP (or, if
+\fI\%named\fP is compiled with liblmdb, an LMDB database file called
+\fBviewname.nzd\fP). \fBviewname\fP is the name of the view, unless the view
+name contains characters that are incompatible with use as a file
+name, in which case a cryptographic hash of the view name is used
+instead. When \fI\%named\fP is restarted, the file is loaded into
+the view configuration so that zones that were added can persist
+after a restart.
+.sp
+This sample \fBaddzone\fP command adds the zone \fBexample.com\fP to
+the default view:
+.sp
+\fBrndc addzone example.com \(aq{ type primary; file \(dqexample.com.db\(dq; };\(aq\fP
+.sp
+(Note the brackets around and semi\-colon after the zone configuration
+text.)
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc delzone\fP and \fI\%rndc modzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B delzone [\-clean] zone [class [view]]
+This command deletes a zone while the server is running.
+.sp
+If the \fB\-clean\fP argument is specified, the zone\(aqs master file (and
+journal file, if any) are deleted along with the zone. Without
+the \fB\-clean\fP option, zone files must be deleted manually. (If the
+zone is of type \fBsecondary\fP or \fBstub\fP, the files needing to be removed
+are reported in the output of the \fBrndc delzone\fP command.)
+.sp
+If the zone was originally added via \fBrndc addzone\fP, then it is
+removed permanently. However, if it was originally configured in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP, then that original configuration remains in place;
+when the server is restarted or reconfigured, the zone is
+recreated. To remove it permanently, it must also be removed from
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc addzone\fP and \fI\%rndc modzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B dnssec (\-status | \-rollover \-key id [\-alg algorithm] [\-when time] | \-checkds [\-key id [\-alg algorithm]] [\-when time]  published | withdrawn)) zone [class [view]]
+This command allows you to interact with the \(dqdnssec\-policy\(dq of a given
+zone.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-status\fP show the DNSSEC signing state for the specified
+zone.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-rollover\fP allows you to schedule key rollover for a
+specific key (overriding the original key lifetime).
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-checkds\fP informs \fI\%named\fP that the DS for
+a specified zone\(aqs key\-signing key has been confirmed to be published
+in, or withdrawn from, the parent zone. This is required in order to
+complete a KSK rollover.  The \fB\-key id\fP and \fB\-alg algorithm\fP arguments
+can be used to specify a particular KSK, if necessary; if there is only
+one key acting as a KSK for the zone, these arguments can be omitted.
+The time of publication or withdrawal for the DS is set to the current
+time by default, but can be overridden to a specific time with the
+argument \fB\-when time\fP, where \fBtime\fP is expressed in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B dnstap (\-reopen | \-roll [number])
+This command closes and re\-opens DNSTAP output files.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnstap \-reopen\fP allows
+the output file to be renamed externally, so that \fI\%named\fP can
+truncate and re\-open it.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnstap \-roll\fP causes the output file
+to be rolled automatically, similar to log files. The most recent
+output file has \(dq.0\(dq appended to its name; the previous most recent
+output file is moved to \(dq.1\(dq, and so on. If \fBnumber\fP is specified, then
+the number of backup log files is limited to that number.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B dumpdb [\-all | \-cache | \-zones | \-adb | \-bad | \-expired | \-fail] [view ...]
+This command dumps the server\(aqs caches (default) and/or zones to the dump file for
+the specified views. If no view is specified, all views are dumped.
+(See the \fBdump\-file\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B flush
+This command flushes the server\(aqs cache.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B flushname name [view]
+This command flushes the given name from the view\(aqs DNS cache and, if applicable,
+from the view\(aqs nameserver address database, bad server cache, and
+SERVFAIL cache.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B flushtree name [view]
+This command flushes the given name, and all of its subdomains, from the view\(aqs
+DNS cache, address database, bad server cache, and SERVFAIL cache.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B freeze [zone [class [view]]]
+This command suspends updates to a dynamic zone. If no zone is specified, then all
+zones are suspended. This allows manual edits to be made to a zone
+normally updated by dynamic update, and causes changes in the
+journal file to be synced into the master file. All dynamic update
+attempts are refused while the zone is frozen.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc thaw\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B halt [\-p]
+This command stops the server immediately. Recent changes made through dynamic
+update or IXFR are not saved to the master files, but are rolled
+forward from the journal files when the server is restarted. If
+\fB\-p\fP is specified, \fI\%named\fP\(aqs process ID is returned. This allows
+an external process to determine when \fI\%named\fP has completed
+halting.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc stop\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B loadkeys [zone [class [view]]]
+This command fetches all DNSSEC keys for the given zone from the key directory. If
+they are within their publication period, they are merged into the
+zone\(aqs DNSKEY RRset. Unlike \fI\%rndc sign\fP, however, the zone is not
+immediately re\-signed by the new keys, but is allowed to
+incrementally re\-sign over time.
+.sp
+This command requires that the zone be configured with a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP, or
+that the \fBauto\-dnssec\fP zone option be set to \fBmaintain\fP, and also requires the
+zone to be configured to allow dynamic DNS. (See \(dqDynamic Update Policies\(dq in
+the Administrator Reference Manual for more details.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B managed\-keys (status | refresh | sync | destroy) [class [view]]
+This command inspects and controls the \(dqmanaged\-keys\(dq database which handles
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP DNSSEC trust anchor maintenance. If a view is specified, these
+commands are applied to that view; otherwise, they are applied to all
+views.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBstatus\fP keyword, this prints the current status of
+the managed\-keys database.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBrefresh\fP keyword, this forces an immediate refresh
+query to be sent for all the managed keys, updating the
+managed\-keys database if any new keys are found, without waiting
+the normal refresh interval.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBsync\fP keyword, this forces an immediate dump of
+the managed\-keys database to disk (in the file
+\fBmanaged\-keys.bind\fP or (\fBviewname.mkeys\fP). This synchronizes
+the database with its journal file, so that the database\(aqs current
+contents can be inspected visually.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBdestroy\fP keyword, the managed\-keys database
+is shut down and deleted, and all key maintenance is terminated.
+This command should be used only with extreme caution.
+.sp
+Existing keys that are already trusted are not deleted from
+memory; DNSSEC validation can continue after this command is used.
+However, key maintenance operations cease until \fI\%named\fP is
+restarted or reconfigured, and all existing key maintenance states
+are deleted.
+.sp
+Running \fI\%rndc reconfig\fP or restarting \fI\%named\fP immediately
+after this command causes key maintenance to be reinitialized
+from scratch, just as if the server were being started for the
+first time. This is primarily intended for testing, but it may
+also be used, for example, to jumpstart the acquisition of new
+keys in the event of a trust anchor rollover, or as a brute\-force
+repair for key maintenance problems.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B modzone zone [class [view]] configuration
+This command modifies the configuration of a zone while the server is running. This
+command requires the \fBallow\-new\-zones\fP option to be set to \fByes\fP\&.
+As with \fBaddzone\fP, the configuration string specified on the
+command line is the zone configuration text that would ordinarily be
+placed in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+If the zone was originally added via \fI\%rndc addzone\fP, the
+configuration changes are recorded permanently and are still
+in effect after the server is restarted or reconfigured. However, if
+it was originally configured in \fI\%named.conf\fP, then that original
+configuration remains in place; when the server is restarted or
+reconfigured, the zone reverts to its original configuration. To
+make the changes permanent, it must also be modified in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc addzone\fP and \fI\%rndc delzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B notify zone [class [view]]
+This command resends NOTIFY messages for the zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B notrace
+This command sets the server\(aqs debugging level to 0.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc trace\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B nta [(\-class class | \-dump | \-force | \-remove | \-lifetime duration)] domain [view]
+This command sets a DNSSEC negative trust anchor (NTA) for \fBdomain\fP, with a
+lifetime of \fBduration\fP\&. The default lifetime is configured in
+\fI\%named.conf\fP via the \fBnta\-lifetime\fP option, and defaults to one
+hour. The lifetime cannot exceed one week.
+.sp
+A negative trust anchor selectively disables DNSSEC validation for
+zones that are known to be failing because of misconfiguration rather
+than an attack. When data to be validated is at or below an active
+NTA (and above any other configured trust anchors), \fI\%named\fP
+aborts the DNSSEC validation process and treats the data as insecure
+rather than bogus. This continues until the NTA\(aqs lifetime has
+elapsed.
+.sp
+NTAs persist across restarts of the \fI\%named\fP server. The NTAs for a
+view are saved in a file called \fBname.nta\fP, where \fBname\fP is the name
+of the view; if it contains characters that are incompatible with
+use as a file name, a cryptographic hash is generated from the name of
+the view.
+.sp
+An existing NTA can be removed by using the \fB\-remove\fP option.
+.sp
+An NTA\(aqs lifetime can be specified with the \fB\-lifetime\fP option.
+TTL\-style suffixes can be used to specify the lifetime in seconds,
+minutes, or hours. If the specified NTA already exists, its lifetime
+is updated to the new value. Setting \fBlifetime\fP to zero is
+equivalent to \fB\-remove\fP\&.
+.sp
+If \fB\-dump\fP is used, any other arguments are ignored and a list
+of existing NTAs is printed. Note that this may include NTAs that are
+expired but have not yet been cleaned up.
+.sp
+Normally, \fI\%named\fP periodically tests to see whether data below
+an NTA can now be validated (see the \fBnta\-recheck\fP option in the
+Administrator Reference Manual for details). If data can be
+validated, then the NTA is regarded as no longer necessary and is
+allowed to expire early. The \fB\-force\fP parameter overrides this behavior
+and forces an NTA to persist for its entire lifetime, regardless of
+whether data could be validated if the NTA were not present.
+.sp
+The view class can be specified with \fB\-class\fP\&. The default is class
+\fBIN\fP, which is the only class for which DNSSEC is currently
+supported.
+.sp
+All of these options can be shortened, i.e., to \fB\-l\fP, \fB\-r\fP,
+\fB\-d\fP, \fB\-f\fP, and \fB\-c\fP\&.
+.sp
+Unrecognized options are treated as errors. To refer to a domain or
+view name that begins with a hyphen, use a double\-hyphen (\-\-) on the
+command line to indicate the end of options.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B querylog [(on | off)]
+This command enables or disables query logging. For backward compatibility, this
+command can also be used without an argument to toggle query logging
+on and off.
+.sp
+Query logging can also be enabled by explicitly directing the
+\fBqueries\fP \fBcategory\fP to a \fBchannel\fP in the \fBlogging\fP section
+of \fI\%named.conf\fP, or by specifying \fBquerylog yes;\fP in the
+\fBoptions\fP section of \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B reconfig
+This command reloads the configuration file and loads new zones, but does not reload
+existing zone files even if they have changed. This is faster than a
+full \fI\%rndc reload\fP when there is a large number of zones, because it
+avoids the need to examine the modification times of the zone files.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B recursing
+This command dumps the list of queries \fI\%named\fP is currently
+recursing on, and the list of domains to which iterative queries
+are currently being sent.
+.sp
+The first list includes all unique clients that are waiting for
+recursion to complete, including the query that is awaiting a
+response and the timestamp (seconds since the Unix epoch) of
+when named started processing this client query.
+.sp
+The second list comprises of domains for which there are active
+(or recently active) fetches in progress.  It reports the number
+of active fetches for each domain and the number of queries that
+have been passed (allowed) or dropped (spilled) as a result of
+the \fBfetches\-per\-zone\fP limit.  (Note: these counters are not
+cumulative over time; whenever the number of active fetches for
+a domain drops to zero, the counter for that domain is deleted,
+and the next time a fetch is sent to that domain, it is recreated
+with the counters set to zero).
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B refresh zone [class [view]]
+This command schedules zone maintenance for the given zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B reload
+This command reloads the configuration file and zones.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B zone [class [view]]
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+If a zone is specified, this command reloads only the given zone.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B retransfer zone [class [view]]
+This command retransfers the given secondary zone from the primary server.
+.sp
+If the zone is configured to use \fBinline\-signing\fP, the signed
+version of the zone is discarded; after the retransfer of the
+unsigned version is complete, the signed version is regenerated
+with new signatures.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B scan
+This command scans the list of available network interfaces for changes, without
+performing a full \fI\%rndc reconfig\fP or waiting for the
+\fBinterface\-interval\fP timer.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B secroots [\-] [view ...]
+This command dumps the security roots (i.e., trust anchors configured via
+\fBtrust\-anchors\fP, or the \fBmanaged\-keys\fP or \fBtrusted\-keys\fP statements
+[both deprecated], or \fBdnssec\-validation auto\fP) and negative trust anchors
+for the specified views. If no view is specified, all views are
+dumped. Security roots indicate whether they are configured as trusted
+keys, managed keys, or initializing managed keys (managed keys that have not
+yet been updated by a successful key refresh query).
+.sp
+If the first argument is \fB\-\fP, then the output is returned via the
+\fBrndc\fP response channel and printed to the standard output.
+Otherwise, it is written to the secroots dump file, which defaults to
+\fBnamed.secroots\fP, but can be overridden via the \fBsecroots\-file\fP
+option in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc managed\-keys\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B serve\-stale (on | off | reset | status) [class [view]]
+This command enables, disables, resets, or reports the current status of
+the serving of stale answers as configured in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+If serving of stale answers is disabled by \fBrndc\-serve\-stale off\fP, then it
+remains disabled even if \fI\%named\fP is reloaded or reconfigured. \fBrndc
+serve\-stale reset\fP restores the setting as configured in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fBrndc serve\-stale status\fP reports whether caching and serving of stale
+answers is currently enabled or disabled. It also reports the values of
+\fBstale\-answer\-ttl\fP and \fBmax\-stale\-ttl\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B showzone zone [class [view]]
+This command prints the configuration of a running zone.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc zonestatus\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B sign zone [class [view]]
+This command fetches all DNSSEC keys for the given zone from the key directory (see
+the \fBkey\-directory\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual). If they are within their publication period, they are merged into
+the zone\(aqs DNSKEY RRset. If the DNSKEY RRset is changed, then the
+zone is automatically re\-signed with the new key set.
+.sp
+This command requires that the zone be configured with a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP, or
+that the \fBauto\-dnssec\fP zone option be set to \fBallow\fP or \fBmaintain\fP,
+and also requires the zone to be configured to allow dynamic DNS. (See
+\(dqDynamic Update Policies\(dq in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for more
+details.)
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc loadkeys\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B signing [(\-list | \-clear keyid/algorithm | \-clear all | \-nsec3param (parameters | none) | \-serial value) zone [class [view]]
+This command lists, edits, or removes the DNSSEC signing\-state records for the
+specified zone. The status of ongoing DNSSEC operations, such as
+signing or generating NSEC3 chains, is stored in the zone in the form
+of DNS resource records of type \fBsig\-signing\-type\fP\&.
+\fBrndc signing \-list\fP converts these records into a human\-readable
+form, indicating which keys are currently signing or have finished
+signing the zone, and which NSEC3 chains are being created or
+removed.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-clear\fP can remove a single key (specified in the
+same format that \fBrndc signing \-list\fP uses to display it), or all
+keys. In either case, only completed keys are removed; any record
+indicating that a key has not yet finished signing the zone is
+retained.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-nsec3param\fP sets the NSEC3 parameters for a zone.
+This is the only supported mechanism for using NSEC3 with
+\fBinline\-signing\fP zones. Parameters are specified in the same format
+as an NSEC3PARAM resource record: \fBhash algorithm\fP, \fBflags\fP, \fBiterations\fP,
+and \fBsalt\fP, in that order.
+.sp
+Currently, the only defined value for \fBhash algorithm\fP is \fB1\fP,
+representing SHA\-1. The \fBflags\fP may be set to \fB0\fP or \fB1\fP,
+depending on whether the opt\-out bit in the NSEC3
+chain should be set. \fBiterations\fP defines the number of additional times to apply
+the algorithm when generating an NSEC3 hash. The \fBsalt\fP is a string
+of data expressed in hexadecimal, a hyphen (\fB\-\fP) if no salt is to be
+used, or the keyword \fBauto\fP, which causes \fI\%named\fP to generate a
+random 64\-bit salt.
+.sp
+The only recommended configuration is \fBrndc signing \-nsec3param 1 0 0 \- zone\fP,
+i.e. no salt, no additional iterations, no opt\-out.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Do not use extra iterations, salt, or opt\-out unless all their implications
+are fully understood. A higher number of iterations causes interoperability
+problems and opens servers to CPU\-exhausting DoS attacks.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-nsec3param none\fP removes an existing NSEC3 chain and
+replaces it with NSEC.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-serial value\fP sets the serial number of the zone to
+\fBvalue\fP\&. If the value would cause the serial number to go backwards, it
+is rejected. The primary use of this parameter is to set the serial number on inline
+signed zones.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B stats
+This command writes server statistics to the statistics file. (See the
+\fBstatistics\-file\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.)
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B status
+This command displays the status of the server. Note that the number of zones includes
+the internal \fBbind/CH\fP zone and the default \fB\&./IN\fP hint zone, if
+there is no explicit root zone configured.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B stop \-p
+This command stops the server, making sure any recent changes made through dynamic
+update or IXFR are first saved to the master files of the updated
+zones. If \fB\-p\fP is specified, \fI\%named\fP\(aqs process ID is returned.
+This allows an external process to determine when \fI\%named\fP has
+completed stopping.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc halt\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B sync \-clean [zone [class [view]]]
+This command syncs changes in the journal file for a dynamic zone to the master
+file. If the \(dq\-clean\(dq option is specified, the journal file is also
+removed. If no zone is specified, then all zones are synced.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B tcp\-timeouts [initial idle keepalive advertised]
+When called without arguments, this command displays the current values of the
+\fBtcp\-initial\-timeout\fP, \fBtcp\-idle\-timeout\fP,
+\fBtcp\-keepalive\-timeout\fP, and \fBtcp\-advertised\-timeout\fP options.
+When called with arguments, these values are updated. This allows an
+administrator to make rapid adjustments when under a
+denial\-of\-service (DoS) attack. See the descriptions of these options in the BIND 9
+Administrator Reference Manual for details of their use.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B thaw [zone [class [view]]]
+This command enables updates to a frozen dynamic zone. If no zone is specified,
+then all frozen zones are enabled. This causes the server to reload
+the zone from disk, and re\-enables dynamic updates after the load has
+completed. After a zone is thawed, dynamic updates are no longer
+refused. If the zone has changed and the \fBixfr\-from\-differences\fP
+option is in use, the journal file is updated to reflect
+changes in the zone. Otherwise, if the zone has changed, any existing
+journal file is removed.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc freeze\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B trace [level]
+If no level is specified, this command increments the server\(aqs debugging
+level by one.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B level
+If specified, this command sets the server\(aqs debugging level to the
+provided value.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc notrace\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B tsig\-delete keyname [view]
+This command deletes a given TKEY\-negotiated key from the server. This does not
+apply to statically configured TSIG keys.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B tsig\-list
+This command lists the names of all TSIG keys currently configured for use by
+\fI\%named\fP in each view. The list includes both statically configured keys and
+dynamic TKEY\-negotiated keys.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B validation (on | off | status) [view ...]
+This command enables, disables, or checks the current status of DNSSEC validation. By
+default, validation is enabled.
+.sp
+The cache is flushed when validation is turned on or off to avoid using data
+that might differ between states.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B zonestatus zone [class [view]]
+This command displays the current status of the given zone, including the master
+file name and any include files from which it was loaded, when it was
+most recently loaded, the current serial number, the number of nodes,
+whether the zone supports dynamic updates, whether the zone is DNSSEC
+signed, whether it uses automatic DNSSEC key management or inline
+signing, and the scheduled refresh or expiry times for the zone.
+.sp
+See also \fI\%rndc showzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP commands that specify zone names, such as \fI\%reload\fP
+\fI\%retransfer\fP, or \fI\%zonestatus\fP, can be ambiguous when applied to zones
+of type \fBredirect\fP\&. Redirect zones are always called \fB\&.\fP, and can be
+confused with zones of type \fBhint\fP or with secondary copies of the root
+zone. To specify a redirect zone, use the special zone name
+\fB\-redirect\fP, without a trailing period. (With a trailing period, this
+would specify a zone called \(dq\-redirect\(dq.)
+.SH LIMITATIONS
+.sp
+There is currently no way to provide the shared secret for a \fBserver_key\fP
+without using the configuration file.
+.sp
+Several error messages could be clearer.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%rndc.conf(5)\fP, \fI\%rndc\-confgen(8)\fP,
+\fI\%named(8)\fP, \fI\%named.conf(5)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in b/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33fd93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC.CONF" "5" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc.conf \- rndc configuration file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP is the configuration file for \fI\%rndc\fP, the BIND 9 name
+server control utility. This file has a similar structure and syntax to
+\fI\%named.conf\fP\&. Statements are enclosed in braces and terminated with a
+semi\-colon. Clauses in the statements are also semi\-colon terminated.
+The usual comment styles are supported:
+.sp
+C style: /* */
+.sp
+C++ style: // to end of line
+.sp
+Unix style: # to end of line
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP is much simpler than \fI\%named.conf\fP\&. The file uses three
+statements: an options statement, a server statement, and a key
+statement.
+.sp
+The \fBoptions\fP statement contains five clauses. The \fBdefault\-server\fP
+clause is followed by the name or address of a name server. This host
+is used when no name server is given as an argument to \fI\%rndc\fP\&.
+The \fBdefault\-key\fP clause is followed by the name of a key, which is
+identified by a \fBkey\fP statement. If no \fBkeyid\fP is provided on the
+rndc command line, and no \fBkey\fP clause is found in a matching
+\fBserver\fP statement, this default key is used to authenticate the
+server\(aqs commands and responses. The \fBdefault\-port\fP clause is followed
+by the port to connect to on the remote name server. If no \fBport\fP
+option is provided on the rndc command line, and no \fBport\fP clause is
+found in a matching \fBserver\fP statement, this default port is used
+to connect. The \fBdefault\-source\-address\fP and
+\fBdefault\-source\-address\-v6\fP clauses can be used to set the IPv4
+and IPv6 source addresses respectively.
+.sp
+After the \fBserver\fP keyword, the server statement includes a string
+which is the hostname or address for a name server. The statement has
+three possible clauses: \fBkey\fP, \fBport\fP, and \fBaddresses\fP\&. The key
+name must match the name of a key statement in the file. The port number
+specifies the port to connect to. If an \fBaddresses\fP clause is supplied,
+these addresses are used instead of the server name. Each address
+can take an optional port. If an \fBsource\-address\fP or
+\fBsource\-address\-v6\fP is supplied, it is used to specify the
+IPv4 and IPv6 source address, respectively.
+.sp
+The \fBkey\fP statement begins with an identifying string, the name of the
+key. The statement has two clauses. \fBalgorithm\fP identifies the
+authentication algorithm for \fI\%rndc\fP to use; currently only HMAC\-MD5
+(for compatibility), HMAC\-SHA1, HMAC\-SHA224, HMAC\-SHA256 (default),
+HMAC\-SHA384, and HMAC\-SHA512 are supported. This is followed by a secret
+clause which contains the base\-64 encoding of the algorithm\(aqs
+authentication key. The base\-64 string is enclosed in double quotes.
+.sp
+There are two common ways to generate the base\-64 string for the secret.
+The BIND 9 program \fI\%rndc\-confgen\fP can be used to generate a random
+key, or the \fBmmencode\fP program, also known as \fBmimencode\fP, can be
+used to generate a base\-64 string from known input. \fBmmencode\fP does
+not ship with BIND 9 but is available on many systems. See the Example
+section for sample command lines for each.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+options {
+  default\-server  localhost;
+  default\-key     samplekey;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+server localhost {
+  key             samplekey;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+server testserver {
+  key     testkey;
+  addresses   { localhost port 5353; };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+key samplekey {
+  algorithm       hmac\-sha256;
+  secret          \(dq6FMfj43Osz4lyb24OIe2iGEz9lf1llJO+lz\(dq;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+key testkey {
+  algorithm   hmac\-sha256;
+  secret      \(dqR3HI8P6BKw9ZwXwN3VZKuQ==\(dq;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+In the above example, \fI\%rndc\fP by default uses the server at
+localhost (127.0.0.1) and the key called \(dqsamplekey\(dq. Commands to the
+localhost server use the \(dqsamplekey\(dq key, which must also be defined
+in the server\(aqs configuration file with the same name and secret. The
+key statement indicates that \(dqsamplekey\(dq uses the HMAC\-SHA256 algorithm
+and its secret clause contains the base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-SHA256
+secret enclosed in double quotes.
+.sp
+If \fI\%rndc \-s testserver\fP is used, then \fI\%rndc\fP connects to the server
+on localhost port 5353 using the key \(dqtestkey\(dq.
+.sp
+To generate a random secret with \fI\%rndc\-confgen\fP:
+.sp
+\fI\%rndc\-confgen\fP
+.sp
+A complete \fBrndc.conf\fP file, including the randomly generated key,
+is written to the standard output. Commented\-out \fBkey\fP and
+\fBcontrols\fP statements for \fI\%named.conf\fP are also printed.
+.sp
+To generate a base\-64 secret with \fBmmencode\fP:
+.sp
+\fBecho \(dqknown plaintext for a secret\(dq | mmencode\fP
+.SH NAME SERVER CONFIGURATION
+.sp
+The name server must be configured to accept rndc connections and to
+recognize the key specified in the \fBrndc.conf\fP file, using the
+controls statement in \fI\%named.conf\fP\&. See the sections on the
+\fBcontrols\fP statement in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for
+details.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%rndc(8)\fP, \fI\%rndc\-confgen(8)\fP, \fBmmencode(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst b/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f575060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/rndc/rndc.conf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.rst b/doc/man/rndc.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a330531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/rndc/rndc.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c97ad29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "TSIG-KEYGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+tsig-keygen \- TSIG key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-h\fP] [name]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP is an utility that generates keys for use in TSIG signing.
+The resulting keys can be used, for example, to secure dynamic DNS updates
+to a zone, or for the \fI\%rndc\fP command channel.
+.sp
+A domain name can be specified on the command line to be used as the name
+of the generated key. If no name is specified, the default is \fBtsig\-key\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-a algorithm
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available
+choices are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384,
+and hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256. Options are
+case\-insensitive, and the \(dqhmac\-\(dq prefix may be omitted.
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \-h
+This option prints a short summary of options and arguments.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%nsupdate(1)\fP, \fI\%named.conf(5)\fP, \fI\%named(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd957d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/tsig-keygen.rst